This is only a preview of the February 1988 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 35 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Studio 200 Stereo Power Amplifier":
Items relevant to "Build the Door Minder":
Items relevant to "Low Ohms Adaptor for Multimeters":
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
|
Leo Simpson and Greg Swain present ...
SERVICING -
HIFI -
Features:
Electronics in
the Jaguar XJ40
Easy tips on
epairing
phones
fian
,::,
i
'i heMlglnal
End-of-file
indicator for modems
200 watt stereo
power amplifier
Create a sonic masterpiece
in your own home.
The names VIFA SCAN-SPEAK and DYNAUDI0
are recognised internat ionally as the finest speaker
drivers available today. If you were to open the
cabinets of many world-acclaimed loudspeakers
you would find that they contain these drivers as
their reproduction source.
Now you have the opportunity to
construct loudspeakers offering virtually identical
performance using complete kits supplied by Scan
Audio - for a fraction of the price. By doing your
own assembly you will save literally hundreds, even
thousands, of dollars in expensive freight, duty,
handling and of course, labour charges. If you would
rather invest money in your own pleasure than in
other people's pockets, you must investigate the
potential of assembling your own kit speakers from
the wide range we offer. Currently there are ten
kits available ranging from under $500 to $4000
per pair including cabinets.
For free brochures, performance data,
reviews, price lists and more information about
drivers and kit speakers please, contact the
Australian distributors Scan Audio.
~59!10""
~
~
52 Crown Street, Richmond, Vic 3121
Phone: Melbourne (03) 429 2199
Sydney
(02) 871 2854
Brisbane
(07) 357 7433
Perth
(09) 322 4409
•
.....
•
"'
•
•
~T,~,Jij,jf.j
G: Vtl•i#iil)§;i ., 11=•1
- --=
-
f"
5&1 4624
....-
.. =:.,._.
__,..
:
VOLUME 1
::= __=I
~
~
_.
_.
.__.
..._.
---------.
---------------
_y
_.
_.
----__..
_.
_.
_.
__.
_.
__.
-----
~
-J/1
~
-I
__.
..
:::ii
_.
_.
__.
~
--I
-J
,._.
~
-
-
_,I
-
_.
-I
_,~__._
_,
__.
_._,
_,
-I
-I
-I
~
_.
_.
,..
..
_.
-I
_.
_.
_.
--&.
_...
__,
---...
_....
_.
__.
_.
_.
_.
_.
__,
__.
_.
_.
_.
_.
_.
_.
_.
_.
::::
._..
-
-
.....
- ....
_.
_.
_.
..»
__,
...,..
5
-I
...J
-----
_.
......
....
___,I
__ __
_.
----I
---:::
---=
-
~
-----
-
...J
....I
....J
-I
---'
____,
~
_.
---
-
-
-
::::
_.
__,
__.
-I
_.
_.
FEBRUARY 1 988
FEATURES
6 Electronics and the Big Cat by Leo Simpson
SONY'S NEW CONTROL
amplifier and power amplifier
give exotic performance but
don't have an exotic price. We
take a look at this potent
combination starting page 30.
Multiple microprocessors work their magic
14 Easy Tips on Headphone Repair by Leo Simpson
Jacks and plugs give the most trouble
30 Sony Enters the Big Power Stakes by Leo Simpson
Superb new preamp/amp combination
50 South Pacific: The Electronic Version by J.L. Elkhorne
A tropical servicing adventure
80 The Evolution of Electric Railways by Bryan Maher
Pt.4 - Australia's first 100 years
85 Digital Fundamentals, Pt.4 by Louis Frenzel
Understanding & using flipflops
PROJECTS TO BUILD
18 Protector Car Burglar Alarm by John Clarke
Refined circuit has every wanted feature
36 Studio 200 Stereo Power Amplifier by Leo Simpson
High power and easy to build
46 End-of-File Indicator for Modems by Greg Swain
It buzzes when a file is finished
53 Build the Door Minder by John Clarke
Uses an ingenious pressure sensor
56 Low Ohms Adaptor for Multimeters by John Clarke
Accurately measures down to 0.01 ohms
THIS RUGGED STEREO
power amplifier puts out a
genuine 100 watts per channel
into 8-ohm loads and 160
watts into 4-ohm loads. Full
circuit and construction details
begin on page 36.
SPECIAL COLUMNS
60 Serviceman's Log by the original TV serviceman
His Master's Voice
70 The Way I See It by Neville Williams
Worth preserving: a colourful slice of electronic history
74 Amateur Radio by Garry Cratt
Line isolation unit for phone patch operation
DEPARTMENTS
2 Publisher's Letter
4 News & Views
17 Bookshelf
34 Circuit Notebook
92 Product Showcase
94 Ask Silicon Chip
96 Market Centre
SILICON CHIP'S NEW car
burglar alarm has internal and
external siren alarms, backup
battery, ignition killer and
dashboard flasher. Turn to
page 18.
SILICON CHIP
PUBLISHER'S LE'l-l'ER
Publisher & Editor-In-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
Regular Contributors
Neville Williams, FIREE, VK2XV
Bryan Maher, M.E. B.Sc.
Jim Yalden, VK2YGY
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
Photography
Bob Donaldson
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E .
SILICON CHIP is published 1 2 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd. All material
copyright (c). No part of the contents of this publication may be
reproduced without prior written
consent of the publisher. Kitset
suppliers may not photostat articles without written permission
of the publisher.
Typesetting/makeup: Magazine
Printers Pty Ltd , Waterloo, NSW
2017 .
Printing: Macquarie Publications
Pty Ltd, Dubbo, NSW 2830.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates are currently
$42 per year (12 issues). Outside Australia the cost is $62 per'
year surface mail or $120 per
year air mail.
Liability: Devices or circuits
described in SILICON CHIP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CHIP
disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the
manufacturing or selling of any
such equipment.
Address all mail to: Silico.n Chip
Publications Pty Ltd, PO Box
139, Collaroy Beach, NSW
2097. Phone (02) 982 3935 .
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum
Australian price only.
2
SILICON CHIP
The fascination
of electronics
While the vast majority of the population may be keen to have the
latest electronic whizbang, only a relatively small proportion of
people really know what makes the products of this technological
age tick.
Take such a ubiquitous product as the quartz controlled watch
with an analog movement or liquid crystal display. These are a
miracle of electronics. They usually run from a 32kHz crystal (actually 32,768Hz) and have a 15-stage divider to derive one second
pulses which drive a very efficient stepper motor and gear train in
the case of analog movements. In the case where a liquid crystal
display is used, the one-second pulses drive a counter which then
drives the display.
Either way, the watch will be powered from a tiny 1.5V silver oxide cell which may last 12 to 18 months or even more in some cases.
And the accuracy of these mass-produced timepieces is such that it
would amaze watch manufacturers from twenty years ago.
Yet if you ask a typical person why the battery in his watch lasts
so long, he is likely to reply that batteries have improved enormously in the last few years. Well, batteries have improved but not to
that extent. The real reason that watch batteries last is that the
single IC used to drive a watch needs only a few microamps to
work. It really does run on the "sniff of an oily rag" in the electronic
sense.
And what about those liquid crystal displays? Isn't the concept of
a "liquid crystal" fascinating? You can make a liquid transparent
or opaque just by applying a small AC voltage to it. Amazing. That
such a phenomenon can be used to create complex moving displays
and even replace the television tube is mind-boggling indeed.
To us, these are just two of a vast number of facets of electronics
which are truly fascinating. In a way, electronics is a modern for~
of black magic. The practitioners of this art use black boxes and are
able to achieve feats which were impossible a generation ago. Electronic magic allows us to store and process vast quantities of mforma tion, enables millions of people to communicate over vast
distances simultaneously, and allows us to stretch and use our
natural resources much more efficiently.
It is our business to report on this magic, to translate its language
and explain its diverse manifestations, and to show how you can
use it for your benefit. Electronics really is fascinating.
Leo Simpson
THE ELECTRONICS MAGAZINE FOR THE ENTHUSIAST
WE INvITE You To
BECOME
A
SUPPORTER
Because we strongly believe that many more
people should come to know about and enjoy electronics, we decided to form a new magazine
devoted to electronics enthusiasts. We have called it SILICON CHIP, a name which encapsulates the
driving force behind all of today's electronics
technology.
SILICON CHIP is starting off as an independent
magazine, founded by Leo Simpson and Greg
Swain. We have a very small team of devoted
staff including our full-time electronics engineer,
John Clarke and our very experienced
draughtsman, Bob Flynn.
We have started as a completely independent
magazine, free from the influence of any existing
publishing company, because we wanted to
establish the highest possible standards for accuracy and attention to detail. We also wanted
complete editorial freedom. Every article you see
in this magazine has been carefully selected and
prepared by us to establish this high standard
right from the outset.
Similarly, our circuit and wiring diagrams have
been very carefully laid out by our draughtsman
Bob Flynn to make them as logical and as easy to
understand as possible.
Regular Features
* The
Constructional Projects For
Enthusiast
* HiFi Review
* Digital Electronics Course
* The Serviceman's Log
* Amateur Radio, by Garry
Cratt, VK2YBX
* The Way I See It, by Neville
Williams
Junk mail
Most magazines sell their
subscriber lists to mail order
companies, to earn extra income. We will not do this. We
will lose some money by
adopting this policy but we
believe that your privacy is
paramount.
You can help us establish a high standard for
our publication by becoming a supporter. The
more subscribers we get, the more resources we
can devote to improving the quality of our
magazine and to the promotion of the understanding of electronics.
----------------------- *--FREEPOST SUBSCRIPTION COUPON
To: Freepost 25, Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097, Australia.
NO POSTAGE STAMP REQUIRED IN AUSTRALIA
NAME ...................... .... ................ ..... .... ........................................ ..............
STREET .................... .................................. ................................................ .
SUBURB/TOWN .................. ..... .............. .....................POSTCODE ............ .
Subscription cost: 1 year (12 issues)
2 years (24 issues)
Within Australia □ $42
□ $84
Overseas surface mail □ $62
□ $124
Overseas air mail □ $120
□ $240
Enclosed is my cheque or money order for $ ...... .... . or please debit my
D Bankcard D Visa
Card No ......................................... ............. ....................... ......................... .
Signature ............................ .. .. .... .. ......... ... Card expiry date ...... ./ ...... ./ ...... .
Subscription to commence in . .... .... ....... .. ... ......... . ..... .
Note: Photocopy this coupon if you don't wish to cut the magazine.
NEWS&VIEWS
Solar Car on display
at Jaycar store
The Australian Geographic
solar car Team Marsupial will be
on display at Jaycar's Gore Hill
store in Sydney, during the
month of February. The car
came fourth overall in last year's
Darwin to Adelaide Solar
Challenge. While it was overshadowed by the performance of
the General Motors' winning entry Sunraycer which managed to
get ahead of some foul weather,
Robots to pick fruit
in the future
The University of Florida has announced that it has made encouraging progress in the development of a
fruit-picking robot. Several approaches to mechanical harvesting
have been tried in the past, including air blast systems and tree
shakers but they have not had the
ability to distinguish between ripe
and unripe fruit.
The new robot consists of a single
Team Marsupial still gave a
credible performance, achieving
speeds in excess of 85km/h at
times during the race.
The 5. 5 metre long car weighs
only 255kg when empty and is
valued at $150,000. It is well
worth a close look. Jaycar Electronics was one of the sponsors
of Team Marsupial.
picking arm fitted with a colour
television camera to give the ability
to distinguish colours. A sonar sensing unit gives the robot's computer
information on how far the arm is
from each piece of fruit.
Proposed commercial fruitpicking robots would have between
six and twelve picking arms and
would be able to pick six pieces of
fruit every second.
We think it will be a long time
before human fruit pickers have to
worry. Such machines will not be
cheap.
USSR and Australia
to create
giant radio telescope
Now that scientific cooperation
between the USSR and Australia is
to be renewed, the CSIRO has announced project Radioastron. This
will link a network of radio
telescopes in Australia and the
USSR with an orbiting Soviet
satellite. Taken together, all the
telescopes will effectively form an
enormous antenna much bigger
than the diameter of the Earth. The
main aim of the project is to explore
the heart of Centaurus A, the
nearest active galaxy and to study
how energy is transferred near to
its centre.
Radioastron in Australia will
receive $400,000 from the CSIRO
and $900,000 from the Department
of Industry, Technology and Commerce, to be allocated in future
budgets. Almost $1 million is for the
development and manufacture of
low noise amplifiers, necessary for
deep space radioastronomy.
Future cars may use liquid crystal windows
In most large car companies
there is a continuing conflict between the stylists and the
engineers. The stylists want
more and more glass, less
headroom, less ventilation and
all those impractical aspects of
modern cars. The engineers
know darn well that more glass
leads to heat build up inside the
ea bin and therefore more
loading on the air-conditioning.
Now there is news that
4
SILICON CHIP
General Motors in the USA is experimenting with liquid crystal
technology for car windows. Just
a twist of a potentiometer knob
would black out the glass and
thus cut down on glare.
The drawback to this idea is
that heat buildup is still a problem. General Motors already
have an answer to this, even
though it may be expensive.
Their Sunraycer research solar
car used very thin gold plating on
the glass over the ea bin to block
out infrared radiation and thus
control heat build up.
We can see an even better application of liquid crystals to
window glass. What about windows in homes? Wouldn't it be
good to be able to progressively
darken your window glass just
by turning a knob? There would
no further need of curtains. The
idea has often been suggested in
science fiction literature.
More weather
reports for
Sydney mariners
As from Jaunary 1st this year,
OTC's Sydney Radio has introduced
two early morning weather reports
for mariners and fishermen
heading out to sea. This is in addition to its existing twelve daily
weather schedules which will now
be broadcast at 48 minutes past the
even hour in summer (eg, 0648)
and 48 past the odd hour in winter
(eg, 0548).
Mariner$ wanting further information on Sydney Radio weather info should call OTC Maritime on (02)
287 4146.
Backwards clock
runs forward
Readers who peruse the catalogs
of the major kitsellers will probably
be aware that Dick Smith Electronics sell a novelty item in the
form of a clock that runs anticlockwise. Recently their service
department had to deal with one of
these clocks which was faulty. The
hands persisted in running
clockwise!
That would be a conundrum. You
could always fix it by changing the
dial to one with figures that run
clockwise.
Philips to make cellular phones
With the increasing penetration of cellular phones in
Australia, we have been concerned that this is yet another
import to worsen our national
balance of payments problems.
So it is good news to learn that
one company has geared up to
make them in large numbers, in
Australia.
Philips recently spent several
million dollars in its mobile radio
plant at Clayton, Victoria with
the installation of surface mount
assembly equipment. This is to
enable Philips to manufacture a
range of ultra-compact gear such
as the model FM9010 cellular
phone. Philips has already
received export orders for this
product which is designed for
operation in New Zealand,
Canada and the USA.
Enquiries should be directed
to Philips Communications
Systems. Phone (03) 542 4500.
NEWS BRIEFS
Compact disc supply
outstrips demand
Safety at the
keyboard
Ever since compact disc players
were introduced some five years
ago, demand for the shiny discs has
been well ahead of supply and so
the prices have been very high.
Now, with all the CD plants coming
on-stream around the world, supply
is about to exceed demand. In fact
the situation has turned around so
rapidly in the last six months that
any future plants could be doubtful
investments they could lose
money.
The good news is that compact
disc prices will come down, as has
already been presaged by Virgin
CDs. The drop in prices can't come
quickly enough, as far as we are
concerned.
The Commonwealth Schools
Commission has just issued a
booklet on computer ergonomics
and safety issues to teachers.
The idea is to make teachers
more aware of computer
technology and to increase their
knowledge of possible health and
safety hazards.
The booklet details all sorts of
computer hazards such as overcrowding, incorrect screen positioning, dangling electrical
cords, ionising and non-ionising
radiation, and, never let it be
forgotten, RSI (repetitive strain
injury; hardly likely to be a problem in schools).
From what we have seen of
children using computers in
schools, the greatest danger is
not from computers at all. It's
slovenly posture which eventually leads to back problems.
Central Coast
Amateur Radio
Club Field Day
Don't forget the 1988 Field
Day for the Central Coast
Amateur Radio Club. It will be
held Sunday, 21st February at
the Gosford Showground. It's
open to everybody whether
you're an amateur or not. Potential trade exhibitors should contact the club at PO 238, Gosford
NSW 2250.
FEBRUARY1988
5
ELECTROMCS
'111f. BIG CAT
By LEO SIMPSON
Prestige cars used to a be
relatively cheap in Australia but
they are now again truly prestige.
Cars such as the Jaguar cost more
than the average price of a threebedroom home in many Australian
cities. With that sort of price you
expect something more than just
good paintwork, plush upholstery
and a powerful engine. With the
Jaguar, you get a car with an
astonishing amount of electronics
as well as all the normal attributes
of a high-performance luxury
saloon.
Jaguar owners are not technofreaks. So Jaguar had to incorporate all the new technology into
the XJ40 without making it too obvious to the driver or the
passengers. In fact, if you went for
a short ride in the XJ40 you could
easily miss out on the subtle
evidence that a lot of electronics is
at work.
Take the braking system for example. To the casual driver, the
Jaguar's brakes are perfectly con-
ventional and not at all unusual.
But under the skin, they incorporate anti-skid which means a lot
of control circuitry. In addition, the
XJ40 is the only domestic car in the
world (that we know of) to use a
high pressure hydraulic servo
system rather than the conventional vacuum-assisted brakes
found on all other cars.
And the braking system has all
sorts of monitoring to tell whether
the system is working up to par: low
brake fluid, low brake pressure,
handbrake on, pad wear and so on.
The new Jaguar X/40 hos been selling in Australia for
about a year now, but very few people know just how
much electronics it employs.
6
SILICON CHIP
Fuel bleed return
Air temperature sensor
Ignition
coil
Ignition
power
stage
1.....11---
---------------------------....J
Fuel used and diagnostics
input to VCM
Fig.1: the engine management system. Timing information comes from a toothed-wheel pickup on the crankshaft.
Or take the suspension. On the
Sovereign and Daimler models, the
rear suspension has automatic selflevelling, controlled by electronics.
Or the air-conditioning. It is totally
electronically controlled. There are
no mechanical linkages, flap valves
or whatever. The system controls
the temperature and humidity, with
differential settings for both the
driver and passengers, front and
rear. And it senses the effect of
sunshine in determining whether
more cold air is needed.
Even if you lift the bonnet, there
is no great evidence of electronics
at work. Sure, there is a thumping
big six cylinder double overhead
cam 24-valve [four valves per
cylinder) engine with fuel injection
and electronic ignition but superficially, the electronics are fairly
low key.
So where is all the electronics?
All told, there are no less than
seven different microprocessor
controlled systems in the Jaguar.
They are used for the following
functions, some of which we have
already noted: (a) engine management; [b) instrument panel and trip
computer; [c) air conditioning; [d)
anti-lock braking; [e) cruise control;
[f) suspension levelling [where fitted); and [g) central processor.
In addition there are other electronic modules to control such functions as central door locking,
courtesy light switching, and bulb
failure warning. Just touching on
the courtesy light switching for a
moment: if one of the doors is left
open for more than two minutes the
interior cabin lights and door
("puddle") lights are turned off to
conserve the battery. [Jaguar calls
them "puddle" lights because they
let you see puddles when getting out
of the car in: the dark).
Engine management
The engine management system
was developed and made by Lucas
to Jaguar requirements. It uses one
microprocessor to control both the
spark timing and the duration of
fuel injection for each cylinder firing. As well, it maintains a constant
engine idle speed regardless of
whether various accessory pumps
are being driven or not.
Fig.1 shows the engine management system in schematic form. The
distributor is simply a rotating
switch which delivers the high
voltage output of the ignition coil to
the respective spark plugs. There is
no .vacuum advance diaphragm,
centrifugal advance weights, points
or variable reluctance pickup to
control the current through the ignition coil.
Instead, timing information
comes from a toothed-wheel pickup
on the crankshaft, adjacent to the
fan pulley. It has 60 equally spaced
slots with three teeth missing, at intervals 120° apart. The microprocessor recognises the short term
changes in frequency associated
with the missing teeth and uses this ·
to provide the necessary timing information for fuel injection and
ignition.
There are six solenoid controlled
fuel injectors, one for each cylinder
inlet port. These are not controlled
individually but are operated
together by the microprocessor.
Both the ignition timing and that of
fuel injection are varied in response to a number of parameters,
including the temperature of the
engine, the air-flow into the
manifold, throttle position and the
lamda sensor, which monitors exhaust emissions [actually monitoring oxygen Gontent).
The engine temperature is
FEBRUARY1988
7
+ ++
+
+
+
++
+
+
+
++ + + ++
+
+
+
5 ++ ++ + ♦ ♦ +
E
.., 4 ++ ++ + + ++
.;
>
·;;
0- 3 ++ ++ + + ++
-£
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
..,
u
8
++
♦♦
♦
7
+♦
++
♦ •
6
++
~
Detonation critical zones
Typical full throttle
advance requirement
>,
u
~
0
...
,:
·.;
B
00
C
:~
_.
. fu
advance cha~acteristic
Mechamcal centn ga1
C
.g
·a
~ Areas
of compromise
with conventional
mechanical systems
~
!! 2 ++ ++
·;;;
3"'
Static setting limited by starting and/or
idle quality requirement
+ +
♦♦
+
+
+
+
+
++
+
++ ++ + +
+♦
+
+
+
+
+
++
+
5
6
-0
I
0
monitored by an NTC [negative
temperature coefficient) thermistor
situated in the water jacket of the
engine. Air flow into the manifold is
monitored by a heated sensor wire
in the venturi between the air
cleaner and the throttle body. Actually, the hot wire sensor is
mounted in a bypass port off the
main venturi so that, in the event of
an engine backfire through the
manifold, the sensor is not blown
apart.
Throttle position is measured by
a potentiometer coupled to the accelerator linkage. Separate microswitches are also mounted on the
throttle body to detect the idle and
full load settings. Road speed is also
monitored, as noted later.
Conventional engines with
distributors having vacuum and
centrifugal advance on the ignition
have a lot of compromises on the ignition timing. And rarely is the timing consistent from engine to
engine. With the digital system used on the Jaguar, the ignition timing
can be precisely optimised to take
care of a very wide range of engine
operating conditions.
For example, when the engine is
under heavy load and above 3000
RPM, the ignition is retarded by 3 °
for every"10°C rise above 30° of the
inlet air temperature. This was
found necessary due to the tendency of the engine to "ping" when the
air temperature was around 45 to
50°C [that's 113-122° on the Fahrenheit scale). Those temperatures
are common in summer in central
Australia.
8
SILICON CHIP
3
4
Engine speed
r/min x 1000
Engine speed
Fig.2: ignition timing versus speed map. The digital
system gives precise control of timing.
2
Fig.3: the load versus speed map is used to derive
ignition timing and fuelling control.
The air mass flow signal from the
hot wire sensor is converted by the
processor into a measurement of
mass flow per engine cycle. This information is then used to derive the
ignition timing and fuelling control.
Fig.2 and Fig.3 show the igntion timing versus speed map and the load
versus speed map, respectively.
Fuel cut-off
As with a number of other current cars with electronic fuel injection, the Jaguar XJ40 cuts off fuel
when the engine is on a trailing
throttle (overrun) above a certain
RPM. This gives a worthwhile increase in fuel economy and also
helps to reduce unwanted exhaust
emissions.
In the Jaguar, fuel injection
ceases when the throttle is closed,
for engine speeds above 1100 RPM,
provided that deceleration started
from a hove 1500 RPM. This
hysteresis is built in to avoid cycling in and out of fuel cut-off when
decelerating down to rest. This
means that the engine speed has to
rise a hove 1500 RPM before fuel
cut-off will again occur on a trailing
throttle.
A refinement of the system has
been added to the XJ40, to stop
drive line oscillations which can occur when fuel injection restarts in
response to opening the throttle.
This would normally cause a sudden increase in engine power. To
soften this transition, the ignition
timing is momentarily retarded and
the fuel mixture is weakened slight ly, to reduce the power output.
Idle speed control
Many modern cars have quite a
high idle speed because they have
to cope with the load of automatic
transmission in Drive, airconditioning, the alternator and
other accessories. On the Jaguar
for example, there are additional
engine-powered pumps for the
braking system, air-injection and
power steering.
If the idle speed was set high
enough to cope with all these loads
simultaneously, as does happen, the
engine would race when the loads
were removed. To avoid this, the
engine management system uses a
stepper motor to control a valve in a
throttle bypass port. This system
operates to control the idle speed
only when the throttle is closed, the
fuel system is not cut off and the
road speed is under Bkm/h. The idle
speed varies depending on whether
the engine is cold or hot.
At other times the stepper motor
continually adjusts the idle setting
depending on whether the transmission is in Drive or Neutral and the
air-conditioning compressor is clutched in or not. This provides a
nominal idle setting at all times so
that when the engine does actually
come back to idle speed, the control
system has a minimum of correction
to do.
The closed loop idle speed in
Drive when the engine has warmed
up is below 600 RPM which is a low
figure for cars these days.
The engine management- processor also provides fuel informn-
tion to the trip computer via an interface. The fuel signals are dependent on the injector pulse duration
and frequency. The output is
equivalent to 50,000 pulses per Imperial gallon.
Self-diagnostics and
limp home
All cars with electronic engine
management have a "limp-home"
feature in the event of a fault
developing in the system. The
Jaguar is no exception to this and
has comprehensive programming to
deal with the failure of each sensor
in the system.
Anti-lock braking
Antiskid braking systems (ABS)
are becoming more common on upmarket cars these days but few people are aware that these entail a
microprocessor control system. The
ABS fitted to the Jaguar XJ40 is
made by Bosch. It consists of four
speed sensors, one for each wheel,
the microprocessor module which
is placed in the boot, and a pump
with three electrically controlled
valves, which is in the engine compartment. The valves control the
pressure applied to the disc
calipers. There is one control valve
for each of the front wheels while
the third valve controls the
pressure to the rear disc calipers.
The speed sensors consist of a
48-tooth ring on each wheel which
is adjacent to a variable reluctance
pickup (a permanent magnet with a
coil of wire wound around it). The
pickup generates a frequency corresponding to the speed of the
wheel.
The ABS processor works by
evaluating the speed signals from
each wheel and then calculating
the deceleration rates. The processor can then tell whether a particular wheel is slipping more than
it should for maximum braking (in
other words it detects the onset of a
skid).
With the onset of skid, the processor opens a valve to reduce the
pressure applied to the affected
wheel so that it can speed up to the
same rate as the other wheels. The
ABS then reapplies the pressure by
pulsing the brake line to the point
where the wheel then achieves
This is one of the many microprocessors used in the Jaguar XJ40. They provide
such functions as engine management, anti-skid braking, and suspension
levelling.
(
BULB
FRIWIIE
)
CIRCUIT
FR/LURE
PRRK
BRRKE ON
Fig.4: warning symbols are displayed on the car's dashboard by the vehicle
condition monitor (VCM). Each display consists of a graphic symbol combined
with a two-line text message.
maximum retardation. This cycle is
repeated several times a second so
that the car is brought to rest quickly and with much greater steering
control than would be possible in a
conventional system.
The important safety aspects of
ABS are that not only does it allow
heavy braking in slippery conditions, it also allows much better
control of the steering while under
braking.
Fail-safe operation
With all that control possible
over the brakes they need to be absolutely failsaf e. To do this, the control system goes through a series of
checks when the vehicle is first
started and as it moves off and
passes . through the speed of
5.75km/h. The first set of tests includes a check to see that the battery voltage is above 10 volts (it
would have to be above this value
for the engine to have started).
Then, as the vehicle moves off, the
control valves are turned on for 20
milliseconds and the current
through them is checked.
FEBRUARY1988
9
variable reluctance sensor working
from a toothed wheel on the back
axle which generates 4887 pulses
per kilometre (7870 pulses per
mile). This signal is variously processed and fed to the engine
management processor, cruise control, the analog speedometer, the
large seven-segment digital
speedometer and the odometer
(which has non-volatile memory).
The tachometer is a conventional
electronic instrument, driven by
pulses derived from the primary of
the ignition coil.
The meters for fuel level, coolant
temperature, oil pressure and battery condition are all vacuum
fluorescent bargraph displays, with
variable colour coding to distingguish normal and dangerous
conditions.
Vehicle condition monitor
A computer-controlled diagnostics system is used to track down any faults that
may develop. It plugs into a number of connectors around the vehicle.
The control pump is also checked
in the same way. This checks for
short and open circuits. The processor also checks that the signal
frequencies from the wheel sensors
do not suddenly change (eg, from
loss of signal or amplitude). In all
cases of a fault being detected, an
alarm is displayed on the instrument panel and the system deenergises the control valves so that
the car is left with normal braking.
Cruise control
The Jaguar's cruise control is
designed and partly made by Rella
of Germany who also supply the majority of relays on the car. The
system uses a vacuum actuator on
the throttle linkage and an electric
vacuum pump with electronically
10
SILICON CHIP
controlled regulator and dump
valves to control the engine speed.
The system operates completely
separately to the engine management system and is effectively in
parallel with it.
Instrument panel
At first sight the instruments are
conventional circular analog for
the speedometer and tachometer
but
the
remainder
aredefinitely all electronic. Even the
first two instruments are not completely conventional although they
are based on moving coil meters
with about 240° rotation. Both
meters are back lit (variable) and
their pointers are illuminated by optical fibres.
The speedometer is driven from a
A particular feature of the
Jaguar's instrument panel is the
VCM or vehicle condition monitor.
This is a dot matrix vacuum fluorescent display (32 x 32 dot) combined
with a 14 segment 2 x 10 character
alphanumeric display positioned
next to the tachometer. It displays
any vehicle faults with graphic
symbols and text.
The VCM effectively eliminates
the multitude of warning lights
found in most modern cars and
adds a great deal of monitoring
which would otherwise just not be
possible. Fig.4 illustrates some of
the variety of faults which can be
displayed on the VCM. Note that
each display consists of a graphic
symbol combined with a two-line
text message.
A secondary function of the VCM
is to act as a display for the trip
computer. This is a facility found in
many modern cars and cm the
Jaguar it provides the readouts of
functions such as: average speed of
journey, average fuel consumption,
range on current fuel, and fuel used
so far. The trip computer's function
switches are arranged on a small
panel just to the right of the steering wheel housing and integrated
with those for the cruise control.
Central processor
Since the Jaguar has so many
microprocessor-controlled systems,
the company was very concerned
12 V
Power
to load
microprocessor
Fig.5 (above): the XJ40 employs a common + 12V line to all
electrical accessories which are switched on by transistors in
rewsponse to a microprocessor signal. The vehicle condition
monitor (VCM) at left displays vehicle faults with graphic
symbols and text.
about overall reliability. The
possibility of bad connections,
susceptibility to voltage spikes and
EMI (electromagnetic interference)
is a nightmare for designers of
automotive electrical systems.
After a lot of research, Jaguar
adopted a signal wire earth switching system for the electrical
system. This employs a common
+ 12V line to all electrical accessories which are then turned on
by transistors in response to a
microprocessor signal. The normal
convention of using the car body for
all negative return currents has
been abandoned. The respective
microprocessors respond to switches, operated by the driver, which
cause only very small currents to
flow in the common earth return
line.
Since all the control switches
now only handle very small currents, the normal automotive style
switches with their wiping contacts
are no longer suitable. Such switches rapidly become unreliable
when switching small currents. Instead, all switches in the Jaguar are
effectively sealed membrane switches (as used in most computer
keyboards) with noble metal contacts. The switches have a toggle
mechanism to give a positive toggle
action.
The relays , connectors and
harness all had to be completely
redesigned to give a much higher
order of reliability than has
previously been obtained. The
whole car electrical system is
designed to operate over the ex-
treme temperature range of - 40 to
+ 85°C. In addition, the vehicle
was developed to be proof against
electromagnetic interference at
levels of: 25 volts/metre for noncritical items; 50 volts/metre for
moderately critical items; and 200
volts/metre on critical items
These very high levels of interference apply for signal frequencies all the way up to one Gigahertz
(one thousand Megahertz).
Reverse polarity and voltage
surge protection is provided for all
microprocessors and logic units
with automatic resetting in the
unlikely event of a microprocessor
crash.
By the way, the central processor
not only provides the timing for all
system functions but also controls
such things as the flash rate of the
traffic indicators, the timing of the
heated seats (these can be heated
to 30°C in a short time in even the
coldest climates), the rear window
heating, the windscreen and
headlamp washers and so on. A
central locking switch locks all
doors, the boot and the sunroof, and
raises all the windows in a rapid
sequence.
Repairing the system
Clearly, no automotive electrician, no matter how well trained,
could hope to diagnose and repair
such a complex electrical system. It
has over 100 multiway plugs and
sockets and countless relays and
switches. To aid the finding and
repair of faults, Jaguar has
developed a computer controlled
diagnostics system in conjunction
with GenRad of the USA. This can
be plugged into a number of connectors around the vehicle and will
lead the automotive electrician
through a series of tests to discover
the fault. How else would you do it?
Interestingly, Jaguar staff in
Australia have played a large part
in the rigorous program of testing of
pre-production models before the
car was released. To the north of
Sydney and around Cobar (NSW),
about two million miles of testing
have been run up on Jaguars to ensure they could withstand the extremes of dust heat and rough
roads. For extremes of cold, testing
was done in Canada during the
winter months where temperatures
down to - 45°C were regularly experienced.
Driving the big Cat
Well, as part of this report, we
couldn't let an opportunity to drive
these advanced cars go by. On a
visit to the Jaguar facility at Liverpool in Sydney we had a chance for
a short drive and we can report
that the Jaguar drives exactly as
you would expect a large high performance saloon to do.
It is fast, quiet and handles extremely well although it does not
have the neck-snapping acceleration of high performance cars qf a
decade ago. And certainly the electronic aspects are never obtrusive.
They work. They probably represent a glimpse of the future for the
cars we'll be driving in years to
come.
FEBRUARY1988
11
BUILD-IT-YOURS
SAVE$$$$!
Flip-top
steel case
200W Power
Supply
At last! The perfect opportunity to get yourself the perfect computer ...
perfect because it has in it what YOU want! All the features of the'AT':
Range of pre-asse~
blinding speed, expandability, compatability, and so on.
cards available - graphics,
But you pay much, much less because you put it together yourself!
disk controllers, ports, etc
No, there's no soldering or other difficult work required. All that's
already done for you. Every pcb is pre-assembled and pre-tested
'Baby AT' mother b ~
(there's even a 12 month guarantee on every component!). All you do
with 8 expansion
is select what you want in your computer and connect it together, using & provision
for 1 Mb RAM
the cables and connectors supplied -from the detailed instruction
manuals included with each component!
Yes, it's that simple!
And it's guaranteed to be that simple: everything you buy is designed
to fit together .. . holes line up, slots are in the right place, etc etc. No
more hassles with bits and pieces from various suppliers which sometimes fit, sometimes don't!
:t::i: ""
WHY BUILD YOUR OWN COMPUTER?
Apart from the reasons above (ie, you get what you want and you pay
less - two of the best reasons ever invented!!!) there are a few other big
reasons to 'do it yourself':
(1) You'll learn as you go!
Nothing teaches you more about how something functions than constructing it yourself. It's the best way for anyone to gain an understanding of the fundamentals of computer operation - even if you've never
looked inside one before! Suddenly all those 'buzz words' you've often
wondered about will start taking on meaning ...
(2) Imagine being able to say 'I built it myself!'
Yes, just imagine. It must be one of the ultimate projects!
School & Tech students - think of how this will shape up as your
major project: and think of how much value it will be to you in the
future!
Business People: now the computer you've always wanted at work can
be the one you have. And with the money you'll save, there'll be
enough left over for another one at home!
Hobbyists: how long is it since you've really been able to get your teeth
into a 'real' project?
(3) We've made it so affordable!
You don't have to outlay a large amount in one hit: this computer has
been deliberately kept in 'modular' form so you can buy the individual
bits and pieces when you want them - and when the pocket will allow
them!
4 clock speeds from
6 to 12MHz inbuilt
Keyboard lock
for security
BRIEF
Mother Board:
80286 CPU
6, 8, 10 & 12MHz speed (selectable)
Provision for 256K, 512K, 640K or
1024K RAM on board
CHIPSet technology & IC's
7 Channel OMA
16 Level Interrupt
Award BIO$ (fully licensed)
Real time clock on board (battery b/u)
8 Input/Output Slots
(6 with 62 and 36 pin connector,
2 with 62 only)
CMOS Memory to Maintain System
Configuration
IBM PC/AT compatible
All LSI & RAM IC's fully socketed
80287 Co-processor socket provided
1
ELF'AT
Buy what you want, as you want it ...
'Baby AT' Motherboard:
Complete with 8 expansion slots, back-up battery, speaker,
manual and all lC's except RAM. catx-1000
$799
Hinged Steel Case
F~otprint lust 430m~ square, case covered In quality bone
crinkle finish. Pre-drilled, slotted, etc as required, complete
with front panel. cat x.1005
'175
200W Power Supply With enough capacity for full
expansion, complete with whisper quiet fan, on/off switch
and input/ output connectors. Cat x-1010
'275
DISK CONTROLLERS:
Floppy Controller:- Up to 2 360K or 1.2Mb drives.
CatX-2014
Hard/Floppy Controller: Handles 2 of each hard/floppy.
CatX-2008
s129
•399
DISK DRIVES:
'269
•795
1.2Mb Floppy Disk Drive Complete with cables cat x-2200
20Mb Hard Disk Complete with cables cat x-2203
PLUG-IN CARDS:
•129
•1 49
•399
'139
CGA & Parallel Printer: Cat x-2010
MGA & Parallel Printer: catX-8141
EGA card with Hercules Compatability: cat x-2013
Serial/Parallel/Game Port Card: cat x-2012
KEYBOARDS
1.2Mb Floppy and/or
20Mb Hard Disk
84 Key 'IBM' Format Cat X-3820
101 Key Expanded Style: (direction keys and extra function
keys) cat X-3821
MEMORY
Fast (120ns) top quality 41256 RAM chips. 9 required per
256K bank. catZ-9313
SPECIFICATIONS
Hard/Floppy Disk Controller:
Controls 1 or 2 hard disks
Ind. standard ST-506/ST-412 Interface
Up to 2048 cylinders
Up to 16 read/write heads
Data Transfer rate 5Mb/s
Controls 1 or 2 floppy disk drives
Interface similar to FD-55F mlnlfloppy
Double density 320/360Kb or 1601180kb
High density 1.2Mb
Rated to work up to 12MHz
Graphics Cards:
MGA, CGA & EGA available
Ports:
Keyboard port on motherboard
Parallel, serial & game ports on interface
Monitor port on appropriate graphics
card
*1 29
*149
Special price for 18 or more:
(each):
(each):
*10"
•9•
EXCLUSIVE TO
IJICKiJSMITH
EL
iCS
PTY LTD
DSEB465/RT1087
p
FJ>
'DJ
. '"(,i (.'
,_,/_' t
/'0\-, '.:
.,..:.,.;;::~-..,--~
lt -often takes very little effort
·:.i/xpense to put new life into
· defective stereo headphones.
· . . By HOMER L. DAVIDSON
Don't cry if your headphones become defective.
Because there are only a few parts that can be defective, most headphone problems are very simple to
troubleshoot. By making the repairs yourself you can
save money too. Most service organisations would
charge too much to make it worth your while to have
headphones repaired and it would be cheaper to
throw them away and buy a new pair.
Unlike other audio devices which need expensive
test equipment for effective servicing, headphone
repairs require only a small soldering iron, a
screwdriver or two, a pocket knife, and a multimeter
when you need to make a continuity test.
In fact, you don't even need a multimeter. To test
continuity all you need is a battery and torch globe.
headphones for use with stereo amplifiers have an impedance of about 8 ohms. Some headphones, such as
those made by Sennheiser, have a typical impedance
of about 400 ohms.
Noisy Plugs
Sometimes you'll hear noise that sounds similar to
radio static whenever you touch or move the headphones' cable. This noise is often caused by tarnish on
Many Different Kinds
Stereo headphones are available in many different
models and price ranges. You can purchase a budget
pair of stereo headphones for just under ten dollars.
On the other hand, better quality high-fidelity headphones can range up to several hundred dollars or
more.
Most stereo headphones have an impedance in the
range of 8 to 50 ohms. Many of the headphones used
with Walkman-type AM-FM radios and cassette
players are around 32 ohms , while more conventional
14
SILICON CHIP
The impedance of headphones used with personal
portables and hifi systems is usually between II and 50
ohms. The most common prohlem is a wire breakage at
the plug.
the headphones' plug contacts - the tarnish actually
functions as an insulator. If you can move the plug
around in its jack and make the noise cut in and out,
it's possible that the problem is tarnish. This can be
removed from the plug's contacts with a paper towel
moistened with contact-cleaning fluid (ie, Servisol).
Defective Cord and Plug
of the braid. (The common ground is usually found in
budget-priced headphones).
Obtain a replacement stereo phone plug from your
favourite electronics store. Whether the plug is a fullsize 6.5mm type, or a miniature 3.5mm type, a stereo
plug will have three individual metal rings. By contrast, a mono plug has only two metal rings for
contacts.
Suspect a broken cord, plug, or jack when one side
or both earphones sound erratic or intermittent. If
both are erratic, suspect a broken cord or poor connections at the plug at the end of the headphones'
cable. Wiggle the cable close to the plug and near
each earphone while listening to the music. You've
discovered a break in the wire when the sound cuts in
and out.
More often than not, the wire(s) in the cable break
right at the plug, or where it enters the earphone's
case; rarely is there a break in the middle - between
the plug and the earphone itself.
Notice that there are three metal rings on the stereo
plug. The ground (common) wire(s) connects to the
largest (or outside) terminal.
Slip the new plastic plug cover over the headphone
cable. Solder the shield or common wire to the largest
(or outside) terminal. (The common or ground connection goes to the longest metal ring area on a plug - the
part called the sleeve). Connect and solder the remaining two wires to the plug's small terminals - these
connections go to the tip and ring.
Broken Junction
Often, one of the leads in the cord breaks close to the
plug. If the plug is a moulded-type, it may be cut off
and replaced with a universal type. Always solder the
connections; don't twist them.
If there appears to be a break in the wire at the
plug, cut off the broken cable at least two centimetres
from the plug and strip back about 15mm of the outer
insulation to reveal the wire leads from the earphones.
Now separate the outside shield from each lead- this
outside shield or braided wire is common to both
earphones.
In some cases, there might be three separate leads,
with one lead serving as the common connection
{ground) between the left and right earphones instead
Sometimes, you may find a break in the cable where
the wires connect at the cable junction - where the
wires from the left and right earphones come together.
To repair a break at the junction, remove the outside
insulating material to get at each wire. Some flexible
cables use tinsel wire wrapped around cloth threads
and are difficult to solder because the wire often
burns before the solder takes.
To make sure you get the connection right the first
time, apply a coating of rosin core soldering paste (not
acid paste) to the tinsel wire(s) before you try to make
a solder connection. Once you have tried and failed,
it's usually too late to use soldering paste.
Wrap a layer of plastic tape over each wire, and
then one complete layer of tape over the spliced area.
Defective Earphones
You can check the headphone's wires for a break
between the plug and the individual earphones by using two sewing needles and a multimeter or DMM
(Fig.1). The needles are used to provide a connection
to the wires without having to cut away the insulation.
Simply push a needle through the insulation and into a
wire. If you push a needle into the wire just where it
enters the earphone, the wire can be checked for continuity from the plug to the needle by connecting your
multimeter (switched to a low "ohms" range) between
the needle and its matching contact on the plug.
FEBRUARY1988
15
LEFT
RIGHT
set of headphones, you are no further behind.
For low-cost headphones, pry off the plastic lid with
a pocket knife to get at the earphone's speaker coil
and connecting wires. The foam ear pad and plastic
lid may be glued together after repairs are made.
Fig.1: the earphone coils and their wires can be
checked with the low range of a multimeter or DMM.
Needles jabbed through the insulation provide direct
connections to the wires for the test leads.
Suspect a defective earphone if the continuity of
each wire is normal to each needle. If only one earphone is defective, its resistance may be compared to
that of the normal earphone.
Sometimes, the earphone may be damaged - actually burned open - by excessive volume. This is
possible because an earphone is essentially a
miniature dynamic speaker, consisting of a magnet, a
diaphragm, and a voice coil attached to the
diaphragm. Excessive volume overheats and burns out
the voice coil.
Taking headphones apart to get at the driver inside
generally involves a little butchery because they are
usually glued together. However, any splits or cracks
in the housings which may result when they are pulled
apart can generally be made good by a little glue. And
remember, if you don't manage to repair a defective
GJ
DMM
An adaptor plug/jack will convert a miniature or
subminiature plug for use with standard 6.5mm phone
jacks.
Check the continuity of an earphone's speaker-coil
by using your multimeter's low ohms range. On most
headphones, you should get a resistance reading
somewhere between 8 and 50 ohms. Try to locate the
wires from the cable that are soldered to the earphone's coil. Inspect the soldered connections.
Sometimes, the coil's ultra-fine wire breaks off right at
the connection.
A mushy sound out of one earphone may indicate a
defective integrated circuit or power amplifier, or a
defective cone in the earphone's speaker. A defective
earphone may be located by reversing the earphone
leads at the plug. If the same earphone is distorted,
suspect a defective cone. Check the amplifier circuit if
the suspected earphone is normal when the wires are
reversed.
Trouble At The Socket
While a headphones' stereo plug is often a cause for
erratic or intermittent operation, the jack socket can
also be troublesome. If you get erratic, intermittent or
noisy operation and the plug checks out OK, wiggle the
plug at the radio or cassette player's headphone
socket and note if the problem persists. Sometimes you
will hear sound if you push sideways on the plug, indicating a worn socket.
If the problem appears to be in the socket, check it
carefully no matter how good it looks. Often, the terminals of a headphone socket become fatigued with
the repeated insertion of the plug and the only repair
is simply to replace it.
ic
Fig.2: both the continuity of the cable and the individual
earphones may be checked with the ohmmeter. The
DMM resistance measurement is approximately equal to
the earphone impedance. A very high or infinity
reading means that the channel is open circuit.
16
SILICON CHIP
Adapted from an original article which appeared in
Hands-On Electronics. Copyright (c) Gernsback
Publications, USA.
BOOKSHELF
Computer-aided
logic design
Computer-Aided Logic Design, by
Robert M. McDermott. Published
1985 by Howard W. Sams & Co, Inc
Indianapolis, Indiana USA. Hard
covers, 248 x 189mm, 432 pages.
ISBN 0-672-22436-4. Price $44.95
(from Jaycar stores).
A number of books we have seen
on the topic of computer aided
design assume the availability of a
mainframe computer, which makes
them less useful than they otherwise might be. By contrast, this
book covers the design of logic circuitry using an IBM Personal Computer or equivalent.
There are eleven chapters covering basic digital circuitry beginning
with Boolean Logic and progressing
through logic gates, combinational
logic, minimisation, memory,
counters, sequential logic, finite
state machines, self timed systems
and Tri-State logic. Each chapter is
illustrated using circuits, truth
tables, diagrams and data for the
PROTOSIM Logic Simulation
Program.
The PROTOSIM logic simulator
allows for the simulation of digital
logic such as AND, OR, NANO, NOR,
XNOR, D, J-K and T flipflops,
multiplexers, latches and Tri-State
gates.
The program was written for a
TRS-80 computer and should be
compatible with other computers
using Microsoft BASIC. These include Apple, Commodore 64 and
IBM-PC.
A logic minimisation program is
also supplied which computes the
minimum product of sums to implement the function.
Appendices list the two above
programs plus the codings required
for common 7400 series logic gates.
This information can be adapted
for other types of logic such as 4000
series CMOS.
This is an excellent book for
those wanting to learn about digital
systems and how to test circuitry
using computer analysis. Our copy
came from Jaycar Electronics.
Elements of
antennas
with a glossary of antenna terminology which will be quite useful
to the beginner.
In summary, we regard this little
book as a reasonable but by no
means exhaustive introduction to
the subject of antennas. As such, it
should be ideal for the beginner.
Our copy came from Tandy
Electronics.
Electronic
fundamentals
Understanding Antennas, by
Robert Comrie. Published 1986 by
Prentice-Hall of Australia. Soft
covers, 151 x 220mm, 143 pages.
ISBN O 7248 1237 7. Price $14.95
(from Tandy stores).
If you are not too clued up on
antennas, this book is for you. It is
an elementary text beginning with
simple explanations of radio wave
generation, propagation and basic
antenna theory.
There are four chapters devoted
to television, covering the various
types of TV antenna, antenna installation, multiple set installations
and rotators. These are followed
with a chapter on antennas for FM
reception. We noted that a list of
FM stations in Australia is included
but it is far from comprehensive.
Many stations have been omitted.
Four chapters are devoted to
Citizens Band (CB) antennas, with
specific chapters on standing wave
ratio (SWR), base station and
mobile installation. A chapter on
antennas for scanner receivers is
also included. The book concludes
Electric Circuits, by J. Richard
Johnson. Published 1984 by
Hayden Book Company, Inc,
Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey.
Hard covers, 185 x 260mm, 888
pages. ISBN O 8104 0655 1.
This text is evidently written for
tertiary students of electronics but
would be a valuable reference to
any technician or keen enthusiast.
It is a well planned book with
many diagrams and worked examples. The book assumes only an
elementary understanding of
calculus and that use will be made
of a scientific calculator.
The first 13 chapters cover principles of direct current. They begin
with electricity and the structure of
matter, then discuss the basics of
atoms and electron flow before
moving on to units and the basic
electrical laws. Chapters on
resistance, conductance, energy
and power follow, then chapters on
series and parallel circuits,
capacitors, inductors, magnetism,
sources of EMF and DC measurement.
The AC chapters cover sine
waves, vectors, AC circuits,
bridges, power, resonance, linear
circuits, polyphase circuits,
transformers and AC measurements.
Three appendices cover exponential functions, units and
mathematics. In summary, this is a
very well produced book. Our copy
came from the publishers.
FEBRUARY1988
17
BUILD 'I'Hf:
PROTECTOR
-CAR BURGLAR ALARM
This refined car burglar alarm has just about every
feature you could want but is easy to build. It
incorporates internal and external siren alarms, back-up
battery, ignition killer and dashboard flasher.
Design by JOHN CLARKE
Over the years there have been
many refinements in the design of
car burglar alarms, so much so that
the best commercial alarms
are now highly effective deterrents
to car thieves. That fact is recognised by some of the larger insurance
companies who give small discounts in premiums to those who
have approved alarms fitted.
The problem is that most approved alarms cost many hundreds of
dollars to purchase and have fitted;
money that the average motorist
can ill afford. With that in mind, we
at SILICON CHIP have examined the
features of the best car alarms· and
have come up with a design which
incorporates the most desirable
and effective features while still
keeping the overall cost to a
manageable figure.
We've also included a number of
features which, to our knowledge,
are not included in commercial
alarms but which are very effective
theft deterrents.
Alarm features
Let's list the major features of
the Protector:
• Delayed input to monitor all
doors. This let's you safely enter
and leave your vehicle without setting the alarm off and disturbing
the whole neighbourhood. Entry
and exit delay times can each be
adjusted to ten seconds.
18
SILICON CHIP
The PC board is designed to fit into a standard plastic case and can be assembled by an experienced constructor in an
hour or so. The two relays are used to drive an external siren and to disable the car's ignition, so that the thief can not
drive away with the alarm sounding. All external connections are via multiway insulated terminal blocks.
• Non-delayed (instant response)
input to monitor your car's boot and
bonnet. As soon as the boot or bonnet are opened, the alarm will
sound.
• Automatic alarm cut-out and
reset: after the alarm is triggered
the sirens will sound for 90 seconds
and then stop. The alarm resets
automatically. The alarm time is
adjustable.
• Ignition killer: as soon as the
alarm is triggered the ignition circuit is disabled so that the thief cannot drive away with the alarm
sounding.
• Separate siren alarm: since car
thieves often cut the wires to the
horn, by gaining access underneath
the vehicle, the Protector has provision to switch on a separate siren
alarm which can be mounted in a
more inaccessible position in the
engine compartment.
• Separate internal alarm: as
well as having a conventional siren
alarm under the bonnet, the Protector has an extremely loud piezoelectric siren mounted inside the vehicle. When it goes off inside the confines of your vehicle, it is so loud
and painful that any thief will instantly break into a sweat and
panic. No-one could possibly stay in
the vehicle while the alarm is soun-
This is what the completed alarm looks like. It should be mounted in an
inaccessible location under the car's dashboard or under the rear parcel
shelf.
ding. It is the feature that we're
particularly proud of.
• Back-up battery and battery
sense: since car thieves also often
cut the wires to the vehicle's battery, the Protector has a back-up
battery and monitors the input from
the main car battery at all times. If
the battery wires are cut, the alarm
will sound.
• Ignition sense: any attempt to
start the vehicle (supposing that the
thief has entered by opening a door,
letting the alarm time out, and then
coming back to have another go)
will trip the alarm and immobilise
the vehicle.
• Dashboard flasher: this is a
most effective deterrent in a car
alarm. While ever the Protector is
enabled, its dashboard lamp will
flash.
FEBRUARY1988
19
and Q4 to turn on while it is pressed. Q3 discharges the 0.047 µ,F
capacitor at the base of Q2 and
2 1 N5404 3A diodes
thereby causes Q2 and Ql to turn
2 1N4002 1A diodes
off.
Q4 discharges all circuit
10 1N4148, 1N914 signal
capacitances via its associated
diodes
2700 resistor and thereby makes
1 1 6V 1 W zener diode
sure that the circuit is completely
Capacitors
dead.
1 4 70µF 16VW PC electrolytic
While S1 can be combined with
1 4 7µF 16VW PC electrolytic
the dashboard flasher, the OFF
2 1 Oµ,F 16VW PC electrolytic
switch S2 should be concealed in a
2 2 .2µ,F 16VW PC electrolytic
spot not easily found by the poten2 0.22µ,F metallised polyester
tial thief.
(greencap)
An alternative arrangement
1 0.1 µ,F metallised polyester
which
could be used to switch the
1 .04 7 µ,F metallised polyester
Protector
is a radio transmitter and
2 .022µ,F metallised polyester
receiver. This has the advantage
Resistors (0 .25W, 5%)
that the alarm can be controlled
2 4 70k0, 2 x 220k0, 3 x 1 OOkO,
remotely so that the exit and delay
2 x 47k0, 1 x 22k0, 5 X 10k0, 3
times can be eliminated or minimisx 3.3k0, 2 x 2.2k0, 1 x 2700, 1
ed. It would improve the security of
X 330, 1 X 220 5W, 2 X 0 .470
the alarm, since the burglar will not
5W, 2 x 220k0 vertical miniature
be able to find the OFF switch.
trimpots, 1 x 22k0 vertical
We will be publishing a suitable
miniature trimpot
UHF radio switch in a future issue.
Miscellaneous
With Ql turned on, most of the
Machine screws and nuts,
circuitry is fed via a 330 resistor
hookup wire, alarm stickers,
l while zener diode D3 protects the
spring-loaded switch (for
I circuitry from any voltages above
bonnet).
16 volts. The associated 0.1µ,F
capacitor is used for decoupling the
supply.
The alarm is enabled by pressing
Having discussed the power inthe ON switch S1. This provides a put circuitry, let's flick up to the top
kick start to Ql and Q2 to get the left-hand portion of the circuit to
circuit going. Before S1 is pressed, the delayed input. This uses D4 and
Ql and Q2 are off and neither can exclusive-OR (XOR) gate ICla. As
conduct because Q2 controls Ql with all XOR gates, IC1a's output is
and Ql provides base current to low unless its two inputs are difQ2 . When S1 is pressed, this Mex- ferent; ie, one high, one low.
ican standoff is ended as the 10µ,F
The delayed input monitors the
capacitor feeds a pulse of current door switches and will work with
into the base of Q2 , enabling it to door switches which short to
turn on. This allows Ql to conduct chassis (OV) or those that switch
and from then on Q2 obtains its
+ 12V to the cabin lights. In the
base current from the collector of former case, the delayed input will
Ql via a lOkO resistor.
always by high when all doors are
The reason for the lOµF closed. This means that pins 1 and 2
capacitor is so that a push-on/push- of ICla will both be high and its outoff switch can be used for S1 rather put will be low.
than a momentary contact switch.
When a door is opened, D4 will
These are available with integral pull pin 2 low and pin 3, the output,
lamp indicators which would will go high until the 2.2µF
enable the ON switch to do double capacitor at pin 1 discharges via
duty as the dashboard flasher . Note the associated 470k0 resistor.
that if a push-on/push-off switch is
With door switches that switch
used for S1, it must be pushed off
+ 12V, the delayed input is wired to
before it can be pushed on again to the lamp side of the switches. This
power up the circuit.
means that when all doors are closThe alarm is disabled by pressing ed, the delayed input is low and
the OFF switch S2. This causes Q3 both pins 1 and 2 of ICla will be
PARTS LIST
~
1 PCB, code SC3-1-0188,
178 x 89mm
1 plastic· box, 195 x 113 x
60mm
1 Scotchcal front panel, 1 O7 x
191mm
1 12V relay, 1 OA OPOT
contacts
1 12V relay, 5A SPOT contacts
1 1 2V push on/push off switch
with integral 1 2V lamp
1 momentary contact
pushbutton switch
1 piezo siren horn
1 self-driven weatherproof horn
1 in-line fuse holder
1 3A fuse
1 12V, 1.2AH gel battery
1 1 0-way PCB terminal block
1 8-way PCB terminal block
4 4mm PCB standoffs
Semiconductors
1 4093 quad NANO Schmitt
trigger
1 4030 quad XOR gate
1 4027 dual JK flipflop
4 BC33 7 NPN transistors
5 BC54 7 NPN tr~nsistors
1 BC557 PNP transistor
We have not used a keyswitch to
turn the alarm on and off. Keys are
a hassle in this regard and no-one
wants to fumble with keys if they
have inadvertently set the alarm off
or they know the alarm will go off
any second. With that potent piezo
siren in mind, a hidden switch to
disable the alarm is what is
required.
Circuit features
Considering the number of
features in the Protector, its circuit
is quite simple. It uses just three
low cost CMOS integrated circuits,
ten transistors, two relays plus
several resistors, capacitors and
diodes.
Let's begin the circuit description
by looking at the power input from
the car battery. This is connected
via diode D1. If the car battery is
disconnected, power is obtained
from the back-up battery via diode
D2 . The back-up battery is maintained on a constant floating charge
from the main battery via a 220 5W
resistor.
20
SILICON CHIP
V2+
ENTRY
DELAY
VR3
220k
011
1N4148
16
470k
04
1N4148
220k
10 J
10
DELAYED
INPUT
4027
IC2b
13 CK
220k
ALARM
TIME
VR2
220k
- 14
a
.,.
':'"
0.22t
013
1N4148
010
1N4148
Vl+
+
Cl
470
16VW?
V2+
DASHBOARD
FLASHER
INSTANT
INPUTS
V2+
V2+
01
6 J
C2
47
16VW
ALARM
OUTPUT
+
-
3
V-0
c-.-0
07
BC337
4
E
.,.
.,.
.,.
V1+
PIEZD
SIREN
V1+
.,.
.,.
---------v1+
OFF
09
.E.
01
1N5404
1,2
33!l
7B
+12V0--4-*-J-!.:::
• t----+---..-~,r""><'---+~W.-.---.--'°------+--V2+
FROM
VEHICLE
BATTERY
22 1l
5W
.,.
0.47!l
5W
6
-...IIWI..-OGROUND
1N~iD4
6
.,.
GRDUNDi
.,.
BC337 D.47!l
E
5W
8
EOc
31
12V 1.2AH ;
BATTERY 1
BACK-UP .J..
1.
10k
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
.,.
CAR BURGLAR ALARM
SC31-0188
Fig.1: the circuit diagram. Dual JK flipflop IC2 takes care of the entry and exit delays and the alarm duration.
low. When a door is opened, D4
pulls pin 2 high and pin 3 then goes
high and the 2.2µ,F capacitor at pin
2 charges towards + 12V.
The instant (non delay) input using ICl b and D5 operates in exactly
the same manner as ICla and provides a high pulse whenever the input goes high or low.
Battery sense
This input monitors the car bat-
tery and while ever it is connected
Q5 is conducting. If the battery is
disconnected, Q5 turns off and provides a momentary positive pulse
via the 0.022µ,F capacitor to pin 9 of
IClc. This causes the output of IClc
FEBRUARY1988
21
0
IGNITION COIL NEGATIVE
GROUND
ALARM
OUTPUT
IGNITI
INSTANT IN~
DASHBOARD FLASHER
DELAYED 1riful
PIEZD SIREN
1~
0
Fig.2: assemble the PC board exactly as shown here. Make sure that you use the correct transistor at
each location and note that the ICs all face in the same direction.
to go high for the duration of the
pulse from the 0.022µ.F capacitor.
The ignition input is used to sense
any unauthorised attempt to start
the engine. Therefore Q6 is normally off and only conducts once the ignition sustem is energised. Pins 13
and 12 of ICld are normally high
and when Q6 turns on it pulls pin 12
low for a brief period, determined
by the associated 0.022µ.F capacitor. This causes the output of
IC1d to go high for a brief period.
The outputs from IC1 b, c and d
are coupled via diodes D7, DB and
D9 to the clock input of IC2a, which
is half of a dual J-K flipflop. When
one of the instant outputs goes high
the clock input is triggered and the
Q output of IC2a latches high.
This also triggers the clock input
to IC2b, via D10. The output of
IC1a, the delayed input, also connects to the clock input of IC2b via
D6. So ICla or IC2a can trigger
flipflop IC2b. IC2b provides both
the exit delay and the alarm duration, via the circuitry associated
with Cl. IC2a and IC2b provide the
entry delay.
Initial power up
Now consider what happens
when the circuit is powered up, by
pressing the ON switch Sl. Initially,
capacitor Cl is discharged and the
output of IC3b, a Schmitt NAND
gate, is high. This high output resets
both IC2a and IC2b so that their Q
outputs are low and their Q-bar out22
SILICON CHIP
puts (the complements) are high.
Cl begins to charge through two
paths, via D11 and trimpot VRl and
via the 220k0 resistor and trimpot
VR2. The VRl path is dominant,
however, because of its lower
resistance and charges Cl after
about 10 seconds. This causes the
output of IC3b to go low.
This is the exit delay and after
this time the circuit is fully alarmed
since the reset inputs of IC2a and
2b are no longer held high.
When IC2b is triggered, either by
ICla or IC2a, its Q-bar output (pin
14) goes low and Cl begins to
discharge via VR2 and the 220k0
resistor. Note that the VRl path
plays no part here because D11 is
reverse biased.
With the Q-bar output of IC2b
low, the output of NAND gate IC3d
(towards the bottom right-hand corner of circuit) goes high and switches on transistor Q9 and its relay,
RLA2. This disables the ignition
while the alarm sounds. The relay
3as two sets of 10A contacts which
are connected in parallel and are
used to short across the ignition
points (or transistor switching element for electronic ignition
systems) via the two series 0.470
resistors. This prevents the ignition
coil from firing.
Note also that the second input of
IC3d is connected to the collector of
Q6 at the ignition input. Thus, if the
alarm has already been tripped,
say by a door being opened, the
alarm will sound again, immediately any attempt is made to start the
car or hot-wire the ignition.
This is a "belts and braces"
aspect of the circuit which means
that if the ignition is hot wired, or
otherwise interfered with, the ignition cut-out relay will be permanently energised, regardless of
whether the alarm is sounding or
not. This stops the thieves from attempting to drive the vehicle away,
in spite of its alarm sounding at
intervals.
After all, we must acknowledge
that in some circumstances people
will ignore an alarm and so the Protector has been designed to make
things impossible for the potential
thief.
Alarm outputs
Two alarm outputs are available,
the high intensity piezo siren and a
relay, RLA1 , for an external
powered siren. Transistor Q7
drives RLA1, while transistor QB
drives the piezo siren. These transistors are driven by the output of
IC3a.
IC3a goes high to drive the alarm
outputs either immediately, if one of
the instant inputs triggers the
alarm, or after a period set by the
entry delay trimpot VR3 and
capacitor C2 , if the delayed input
triggers the alarm.
At the time the Q-bar output of
IC2b goes low, C2 (associated with
pins 1 and 2 of IC3a) begins to
discharge via VR3 and its series
zzokn resistor. When the voltage
reaches the lower threshold of
IC3a, the output, pin 3, goes high
and the alarm outputs are activated
(this assumes that the delayed input
caused the alarm). When the instant input triggers the alarm, diode
D12 at the Q-bar output of ICZa
discharges CZ and the alarm output
operates immediately.
The alarm continues to sound until Cl discharges and allows IC3b to
reset the flipflops, ICZa and ICZb.
The Q-bar of ICZb thus goes high
and charges Cl again. This means
that the alarm can now be triggered
again, if another attempt to made to
steal the car.
The dashboard flasher involves
gated Schmitt trigger oscillator
IC3c and transistor QlO which
drives the lamp. Pin 8 of IC3c connects to Cl. When Cl is charged up
to + 12V, IC3c is enabled and the
dashboard lamp begins flashing.
r-
I=
u
-]
we
>z
-::::, en a: i1:i
+ ~o I- w a:
c., a: (.)
~ ci5
<(
w c., I<( 0
z
z Li [&j
...J
0
(.)
z
0
I-
z
c.,
0
(.)
~
a:
<(
...J
<(
<(
Ll)
C 0::
a:
<(
0
m
J:
en
<(
C
w
en
Construction
Building the Protector is a
straightforward process and will
probably take no more than an hour
or so. All the circuitry is accommodated on one printed board
measuring 178 x 89mm (code
SC3-1-0188). All the connections to
and from the board are made via
multiway insulated terminal blocks
(Utilux or equivalent).
The printed circuit board is
mounted in a plastic box measuring
195 x 113 x 60mm which is fitted
with a label having a legend for all
the board connections.
You can begin assembly by installing the two wire links, the
diodes, resistors and capacitors.
Note that the diodes and electrolytic capacitors must be installed the right way around to observe
correct polarity.
The trimpots and transistors can
be mounted next. Make sure that
each transistor installed is the correct type and that it is oriented correctly, according to the parts layout
diagram. Each transistor should be
pushed down so that its lead length
a hove the board is about 5mm or so.
The large resistors and the three
integra ted circuits can then be
mount ed, followed by the two
rela ys and the two insulated termina l blocks. The ICs are CMOS
r-- CD u, -=:t M N
::::,
LL
<(
C")
>en
a:
Iw =:;
I- >
Ic..
<(
m ::::,
w ~
>...J (.)
C a:
<(
(.)
zW
m
::::, IJ:
0 Iw >> a:
a: ~
w
c,wzt0 II- 1a:...JOZ>
<(
w (.) i= <( <(
>
m
3=--1N
..... 0 zli:om Zen ijj
+ 1-ooc..>S:2~c
r~
□
L:..
1~"'"' .. "'"' . . =m~I
_:J
Fig.3: actual size reproduction of the front panel artwork.
devices so their supply pins should
be soldered first to enable their
static protection diodes . For ICl
and IC3 , solder pins 7 and 14 first.
For ICZ, solder pins 8 and 16.
When the board is complete it
can be mounted in the plastic case.
You will need a hole drilled in each
end of the case to allow for cable
entry and four holes for screws or
standoffs for the board. Note that
the corners of the board must be
removed to prevent interference
with the corner posts of the case.
The Scotchcal panel can now be
affixed to the lid of the case.
FEBRUARY1988
23
input panel} needs to be tied high
and then disconnected.
The ignition input (terminal 8}
needs to be pulled high while the
other instant input (terminal 9} can
be pulled high or low to test it.
• Check that relay RLA1 is closed
for 90 seconds after the alarm is
triggered. This time can be adjusted
with VR2 .
.
• Check that relay RLA2 is closed
for the same length of time as
RLA1.
• Check that relay RLA1 closes
ten seconds after the delayed input
is triggered. This is done by pulling
the input low and then disconnecting it, or pulling it high and then
pulling it low. The ten second delay
can be obtained by adjusting VR3.
• Having triggered the alarm
once with the battery input, check
that when the ignition input is pulled high, RLA2 closes and stays closed after RLA 1 opens, as long is the
ignition input is pulled high.
• Connect the piezo siren to terminals 1 and 8 on the output panel.
Muffle it thoroughly under a
cushion before letting it sound
otherwise your ears will be subjected to considerable discomfort
and possible damage. We ' re
serious about this. The piezo alarm
is excruciatingly loud.
Check that the piezo alarm
sounds each time relay RLA1
closes.
Installation
Fig.4: here is the etching pattern for the PC board.
Testing
When the Protector is fully
assembled, a number of tests
should be made to ensure that all
functions are working. The tests
are as follows:
• Connect + 12V to the circuit
and check that no voltage appears
across zener D3 until switch S1 is
24
SILICON CHIP
pressed. After S 1 is pressed, the
dashboard flasher lamp should stay
illuminated for ten seconds and
then begin flashing. This time can
be adjusted using VR1.
• Check that the three instant inputs instantly cause relay RLA1 to
close when triggered. To do this,
the battery input (terminal 7 on the
Make sure you install the Protector alarm in a professional manner.
Mount the case securely and use a
10 x 0.2mm (or thicker} hookup wire
for external connections. It is a
good idea to purchase a crimp connector kit for this job so that all
your connections are secure.
Probably the best and easiest
place to mount the alarm will be
under the parcel shelf inside the
boot. The same goes for the back-up
battery which should be securely
clamped in a place where· it won't
be damaged by miscellaneous boot
debris. The self-powered siren
should be mounted in the engine
compartment but make sure that its
wiring is inaccessible from
underneath the vehicle.
Finally, put warning stickers on
your car. These are another effec•
tive deterrent.
~
+
VEll1CLE
BAffiRY
ALARM UNIT
+ 12V 8,7 --,,""'--
•
IGNITION COIL NEGATIVE 6 ~ • ,
680UND5 ~ .
..v
...1· -....!.l___,.!....~---
ALARM OUTPUT 4,3 •
DASHBOARO FLASHER 2
PIEZO SIREN 1
•
e-+-1-.. . . . ._--........ ~
I
e
·•- - - -- - --------------'
I'-----------~
11
DASHBOARD
FLASHER
PIEZO SIREN
BONNET
•
Fig.5: here's how to wire the Protector alarm into your vehicle. Use a crimp connector kit to terminate external leads as
appropriate and note that S2 (off) should be hidden. S1 and the dashboard flasher can be a single switch/lamp
combination.
The complete alarm system (from top left): 12V 1.2Ah battery, 12V siren, pushbutton switches with integral 12V lamp,
bonnet switch, alarm module, piezo siren and (centre) warning sticker. (Accessories kindly supplied by Jaycar Electronics).
FEBRUARY1988
25
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC;
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC,
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC,
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
Due to the unbelievable response in January we are extending our pre-catalogue sale for one more month. Sale definitely ends
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
·
last day in February - no exceptions.
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
That's right! No Exceptions. Every single item in your local Jaycar Store is Discounted for a strictly limited time. We have to
JAYCAA
remove hundreds of old lines for our brand new March '88 Catalogue so that we can fit many great new products in. Rather
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
than just discount the old lines the Boss told us - Discount everything!
JAYCAA
But you must hurry. Any regular line that is in stock at the time of purchase qualifies for the 15% discount. Wewill not back
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
order goods that are out of stock during the sale at the discount price. If any out of stock item comes back into stockduring
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
the sale, you will get it at the discount price!
JAYCAA
(Please do not ask for the discount price after the sale).
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
So now is the time to make a significant saving on that big kit, and other major purchases.
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
LOW DISTORTION AUDIO OSCILLATOR
JAYCAA
Ref: EA Dec 1986
JAYCAA
last It's available, the metered version of our auudlo oscillator. Compares with the vety best laborato,y
JAYCAA
LOW COST UTILITY TIMER At
standard sine wave equipment available.
JAYCAA
Ref:
EA
Feb
1988
JAYCAR
Cat. KA-1677
Whether you wish
JAYCAR
your egg soft. but
JAYCAA
JAYCAA
not too soft. or
SUPER SIMPLE MODEM
JAYCAR
whether you want
JAYCAA
to add the time
Kef: AEM Sept 1986
JAYCAR
Due to customer demand, we have decided to introduce this Into our range. It's vety cheap and It
factor. to a game
JAYCAR
works
well. Kit Is supplied with RS232 female connector and all other parts except power pack,
ofTt1Vlal Pursuit.
JAYCAR
which Is extra $13.95 (Cat. MP-3020)
JAYCAA
this utility timer Is
JAYCAA
Cat. KM-3046
ideal.
JAYCAA
Complete kit
JAYCAR
Cat. KA· 1697
JAYCAA
JAYCAR
LOW OHMS ADAPTOR FOR DMM's
JAYCAA
Ref: Stllcon Chip Feb 1988
JAYCAA
Another handy kit from SC which utilises your dtgttal multimeter.
JAYCAA
Cat. KC-5023
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAY<::AA
TRANSISTOR, FET AND
JAYCAR
MODEM END OF FILE INDICATOR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: Silicon Chip Feb 1988
ZENER
TESTER
JAYCAR
PC board and all parts supplied including switch.
. Ref: EA Feb 1988
JAYCAA
Cat.
KC-5024
JAYCAR
Revamped version of an oldie. Checks transistors, fets and
JAYCAA
zeners as well as checking transistor breakdown voltages.
JAYCAA
Great for the workbench, and also for showing how
LESS 15%
JAYCAA
DOOR MINDER
semiconductor deVlces operate. Complete kit includes box,
JAYCAA
Ref: Silicon Chip Feb '88
meter, transformer and all parts.
OFF ALL
JAYCAR
New generation door opener alarm.
9V power supply Cat. MP-3010 $18.50
Cat. KA-1698
JAYCAR
Cat. KC-5020
PRICES
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
TELEPHONE INTERCOM
JAYCAR
ULTIMATE CAR BURGLAR ALARM
Ref: ETI Feb 1988
IAYCAA
Ref: Silcon Chip Feb '88
Use 2 old telephones
IAYCAA
Includes flashing light switch, back-up batte,y and tgnttlon killer.
IAYCAR
to make ·an intercom.
IAYCAA
Cat. KC-5021
-:;; (
Kit Includes power
IAYCAR
' ~ · ♦ -,.G
supply, filter
IAYCAA
•
-<>
capacitors,
box
and
IAYCAA
all parts.
IAYCAA
Extras · Siren Hom
1
.,M-tv~. •..... . ..,-":;:." , Cat.
KE-4731
IAYCAR
Cat. U\-5700
IAYCAR
$26.50
IAYCAA
TElf:Pt-iONE lNtfACOM
IAYCAA.,
ETl-291:
Screamer Piezo
IAYCAR ':',:
Cat. U\·5255
IAYCAA,(.
.
t}
AYCAA':':.
$17.95
AYCAA":::'
AYCAA ':'.'
AYCAA \.
NEW KITS FOR FEBRUARY
$165
$85.00
$21.95
$29.95
$9.95
$37.50
$55.00
$79.50
".
'\f· $59.95
f ,:"'«c'-N
:~g:~
· .___________::::::===============:._~======
AYCAR
AYCAAJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAAJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAAJAYCARJAYCARJA
AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCA
AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAAJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ
vr:
Q
I
Vf"':.6.Q I
Vt"':.6.Q I
vr.Aa 1.6.Vr: .6. R .1.6.Vf"':.6.A .1.6.Vr..6.R _I vr..6.R -1.6.Vr.4.R J~ A Y C A A 16YC6A 1.6.VCAP IAYCAO IAYCAO lA V C AD
l ♦ YC tD
1010 4D
JATvA t1 J A T1.,A t1 J1\T\.,1\t1 J1\Tl.,1\t1 J1\T<.;A t1 JA Y<.;At1 JAY <.;AH JAY<.;AH JAY'-'AH JA YvAH JAY v A H JAYvAH JA YvAH JAYvA H JAYl:A H JAYl:AK JAYl:A K J A Yl:A K J AY l:AK J AYl:AK J AYl:A K JAY
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYC ARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCA~JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCA RJAY
JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAY
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
WAS
SALE
Cat
EA60/60 KIT
JAYCAR
PRICE
JAYCAR
60W rms 8'' 2 way with boxes
Elect ronics Australia Kita
JAYCAR
KA-1010 Mustcolor 4
$125.00 $106.25
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA-ll09 Electric Fence
$23.50 $19.97
JAYCAR
KA-lll5 300Wampmodule
$ll9.95 $101.96
JAYCAR
KA-1116 300W power supply
$99.50 $84.58
JAYCAR
AEM6102 KIT
KA-1117 300W speaker protector
$23.50 $19.97
JAYCAR
lOOW rms 8" 2 way with boxes
KA-1119 Transistor tester
$21.50 $18.28
JAYCAR
KA-1220 Signal tracer
$27.95 $23.76
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA-1390 Frequency Counter 50MHz $169.50 $144.08
JAYCAR
KA-1428 Function Generator
$129.50 $110.08
JAYCAR
KA-1430 Vocal Canceller
$24.95 $21.21
JAYCAR
KA-1505 TAI Hall Effect
$44.95 $38.20
JAYCAR
AEM6103 KIT
KA-1506 Transistor Assisted Ignition $42.50 $36.13
JAYCAR
150W rms 10' 3 way with boxes
KA-1508 Touch Light Dimmer
$29.95 $25.46
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA-1522 Guitar Effects BBD
$115.00 $97.75
1
JAYCAR
KA-1535 Ignition Killer
$23.50 $19.98
JAYCAR
KA-1550 Deluxe Car Alarm
$89.50 $76.08
JAYCAR
KA-1555 CQAM Stereo Decoder
$26.50 $22.53
JAYCAR
KA-1556 Ultra Sonic Movement DeL $34.95 $29.70
JAYCAR
KA-1560 Rallmaster Controller
$109.95 $93.46
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA-1574 30V IA Power Supply
$89.50 $76.08
JAYCAR
KA-1582 HouseAlarm
$169.00 $143.65
We ·have purchased a surplus Job lot of HIGH
JAYCAR
KA-1595 Dlgltal Capacitance Meter $85.00 $72.25
QUALrlY 5" 8 ohm speakers with a huge magneL
JAYCAR
KA-1598 40W Inverter 12/230V
$99.95 $84.96
These are made in New Zealand and at the sale
JAYCAR
KA-1610 300W Inverter 12/230V
$249.00 $211.65
price represent a bargain.
JAYCAR
KA-1635 AM/FM Stereo Tuner
$599.00 $509.15
Power handling is 10 watts.
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA- 1636 AM/FM Remote Control
$99.50 $84.58
Don't miss this bargain.
JAYCAR
KA-1650 Playmaster 60/60
$299.00 $254.15
10 up $3.50 each
a
o
JAYCAR
NORMALLY $8.95 each
KA-1652 Blueprint 60/60
$349.00 $296.65
Cat. AS-3010
JAYCAR
KA-1660 Electric Fence
$59.50 $50.58
JAYCAR
KA-1674 Dlgltal Photo Timer
$89.95 $76.46
JAYCAR
KA-1675 Screacher Car Alarm
$34.95 $29.70
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KA-1677 Audio Oscillator (metered) $165.00 $140.25
JAYCAR
KA-1679 Turbo Timer
$29.95 $25.46
JAYCAR
KA-1681 3 Band Short Wave Radio
$79.50 $67.58
JAYCAR
Finally available, our updated guitar speakn with
KA-1682 Dual Tracking Power Supply$129.95 $ll0.46
JAYCAR
extended frequency response. Especially suited for
KA-1683 BatteryMonttor
$14.95 $12.71
JAYCAR
not
only Bass guitar buy Rythm & Lead as well.
KA-1684 8 Channel 1/R Transmitter $45.00 $38.25
JAYCAR
Spec!f!cations
JAYCAR
KA-1685 IR Receiver (St,!)
$127.95 $108.76
Resonant Frequency
60Hz (was 80Hz)
JAYCAR
KA-1686 IR Receiver (add-on)
$55.00 $46.75
Impedance
8
ohms
JAYCAR
KA-1687 Electronic Rain Guage
$49.95 $42.46
JAYCAR
Freq.
Response
60
5000Hz
(was
80
4000)
KA-1690 DI Box
$39.95 $33.96
JAYCAR
Power Handling
100 watts
KA-1691 TV Colour Bar/Pettem Gen $159.00 $135.15
JAYCAR
Magnet Weight
40 oz
JAYCAR
Net Weight
3610 grams (was 3520g)
JAYCAR
AUSTRALIAN ELECTRONICS MONTHLY KITS
Sensitivity
102dB
JAYCAR
KM-301060WMosfetamp
$59.50 $50.58
But
the
best
news
ts
the
price
NO
INCREASE
JAYCAR
KM-3012 120W Mosfet amp
$79.50 $67.58
JAYCAR
Cat. CG-2380
KM-3015 Listening Post
$39.95 $33.96
JAYCAR
KM-3016 RTIY Encoder
$29.95 $25.46
JAYCAR
KM-3020 6000 Power Amp
$998.00 $848.30
KM-3030 Ultrafldeltty Preamp
$359.00 $305.15
JAYCAR
KM-3040 Dual Speed Modem
$169.00 $143.65
JAYCAR
KM-3042 Speech Synthestscr
$43.50 $36.98
JAYCAR
5
or
more
$79.50
KM-3050 Workhorse Amp
$35.00 $29. 75
JAYCAR
KM-305864 PktRadto
$59.95 $50.96
LESS 15% $67.58
JAYCAR
KM-3060 Balanced Line Driver
$99.50 $84.58
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KM-3061 Microphone Preamp
$36.95 $31.41
JAYCAR
KM-3062 RSTrue 232 Interface
$24.95 $21.21
JAYCAR
KM-3063 Uo Satellite Decoder
$55.00 $46.75
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
ET1 KITS
JAYCAR
Save your car for less than $20
KE-4013 Microwave Leak Detector
$17.95 $15.26
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
It's a black box with 12 digits on the
KE-4014 Mixer Preamp
$39.50 $33.58
JAYCAR
top
(like
a
calculator)
and
a
KE-4023 Signal Spk Manfacturer
$22.50 $19.13
JAYCAR
flashing LED.
KE-4029 NtCad Battery Charger
$16.95 $14 .41
JAYCAR
It looKB vety similar to the controller on
KE-4033 Temperature Probe
$32.95 $28.00
JAYCAR
a very expensive car alarm
KE-4050 ETI480 50W amp module
$27.50 $23.38
JAYCAR
(the one that guarantees your car won't
KE-4052 ETI480 lOOW amp module $34.50 $29.33
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
be stolen).
$29.50 $25.08
KE-4048. ETI480 power supply
JAYCAR
So with this sitting on your dash, would
KE-4200 5000 Power Amp
$499.00 $381.65
JAYCAR
be thieves will think you
KE-4202 5000 Preamp
$399.00 $339.15
JAYCAR
have a high quality alarm, and move on.
KE-4204 5000 1/3 Octave Eq.
$219.00 $186.15
JAYCAR
Can be used on Hs own, or to complement
KE-4220 ETI499 150W Mosfet amp $109.50 $93.08
JAYCAR
any existing alarm system.
KE-4666 RS232 Centrontcs Interface $32.50 $27.63
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Use on cars, around the home, on boats, etc. I
KE-4678 ETI340 Car Alarm
$79.50 $67.58
JAYCAR
KE-4690 ETI342 CDI Kit
$79.50 $67.58
Easy to install, size 70 x 50mm, sticky tape '-1/)rg:..;..:q,i;;~
JAYCAR
already supplied on back.
KE-4698 4 Sector House Alarm
$29.95 $25.48
JAYCAR
$42.50 $36. 13
Includes alartn stickers. Requires 2 x MA
KE-4708 DI Box
JAYCAR
batteries (not supplied),
,.,,
$9.95
$8.46
KE-4711 Mint FM Transmitter
JAYCAR
Cat. SB-2375 $1.95 for 2.
JAYCAR
KE-4 720 Dtgttal Sampler
$119.00 $101.15
JAYCAR
Cat. IA-5090
KE-4722 RS232 Commodore
$16.95 $14.41
JAYCAR
KE-4724 Parametric Equaliser
$23.50 $19.98
JAYCAR
KE-4725 Solder Iron Temp Control
$39.50 $33.58
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
BELOW 1/2 PRICE
SIUCO N CHIP KITS
JAYCAR
KC-5010 Capacitance Meter/DMM
$27.95 $23.76
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
KC-5011 Off Hook Indicator
$12.95 $11.00
JAYCAR
KC-5012 Car Radio Power Supply
$28.95 $24.60
JAYCAR
ETl684 Intell1gent modem at a silly price. It appeared in ETI December 85, Feb/March/June/July & August
JAYCAR
1986.
JAYCARKITS
JAYCAR
$42.50 $36.13
KJ -6502 Syntom Drum Synth
JAYCAR
NORMAL PRICE $379.00
$595.00 $505.75
JAYCAR
KJ-6504 8 Channel Mixer
JAYCAR
$119.00 $101.15
KJ-6505 Console P/supply above
49.95
JAYCAR
$239.00 $203.15
KJ-6531 2801 1/3 Octave Eq.
JAYCAR
TOTAL
$428.95
$169.00 $143.65
KJ-6535 2010 10 Band Stereo Eq.
JAYCAR
$19.95 $16.96
KJ -7000 Red Light Flasher
tncludtng power supply below costJII
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JA> l t, R JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYl
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAHJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAY <
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAVCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYC ARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAY<
VIFA SPEAKER KITS - LESS 15%
$449 LESS 15%
$381.65
$799 LESS 15%
$679.15
$1199 LESS 15%
$1,019.15
SPEAKER BARGAIN
FEB 1/2 PRICE $4.48
~~~15%
12" GUITAR SPEAKER
NEW MODEL
., .,
~
STILL ONLY $89.50 LESS 15% $76.07
j~~g:~
CAR THEFT DETERRENT
=--
$19.95 LESS
15% 16.96
SAVE AN AMAZING $229.20
INTELLIGENT MODEM KIT - (BELOW COST)
Power Supply
~
$
SALE PRICE $235
LESS 15%
$199 •75
\!"C' AO IA Y C AA IA Y C A A I AY CAO I AYr______A_A t.A V,.C_A.R..J . .6.YCAR.... 1~ 1 1 . Y C A . . Q _J.AY:.C.A.A JA.V_C _AR ..J .AYJ::~.A.J;2_ 1..6..._YC.AQ ..J ...A..VCAO I AYC A P -1.A._VC'AP I AYCAP I AYCAC
I AVf' A.Q.. l A._V.1_
ji.\ 1cAFi jAv'i':AFi jAvcAFi jAvcAR jAvcARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAvcAFi JAYCARJAvcAFi JAYcAFi JAYcAFi JAYcAFi JAYcARJAYcARJAvcARJAvcARJAvcAfi-1AvcAR:iAvcAR:;;;:.;,c;
JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCA RJAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JA'r'.<at>AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC1
JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCAR j AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC,
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
The model gf-2310 ls a sldeband M11l!volt meter for measuting AC voltages from 0 .3mV to lOOV In 12 ranges
JAYCAR
wlt.h bandwidth of 5Hz to 1MHz. Each range shares 10 dB. The effective sensitivity at 0 .3mV range ls 30uV.
JAYCAR
Equipped with 3 colour scales, volt, dB and dBm.
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Specifications:
JAYCAR
Voltage Range:
0.3 1
3
10 30 100 100V
JAYCAR
0.3 1
3
10 30 100, In 12 ranges
JAYCAR
-70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0
+10
dB Range:
.
JAYCAR
+20
+30
+40dB.
dB (OdB=lV rms. OdBm=0.775V)
JAYCAR
• Capacitance tester
Accuracy:
±3% of fuU scale to lkHz or 400Hz
JAYCAR
• Transistor tester
JAYCAR
Input Impedance: l0Mohm for each range. 40pF or less
• 20 amp current
JAYCAR
Bandwidth:
±3% 20Hz - 200kHz
JAYCAR
• Htgh Impact case
±5% l0Hz - 500kHz
JAYCAR
Cat. QM-1555
±10% 5Hz - lOOOkHz
JAYCAR
Amplifier Output 1 Vrms at fuU scale 600 ohm Impedance
'
JAYCAR
240V operated
IAYCAR
-·
IAYCAR
Cat. gf-2320
IAYCAR
fcc,1,11,ii
IAYCAR
10.A
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
TURN YOUR SURPLUS STOCK INTO CASH!!
Sine Wave Output
IAYCAR
Jaycar will purchase your surplus stocks of components and
Range:
l0Hz - 1MHz
IAYCAR
Features:
equipment. We are continually on the lookout for sources ofprtme
Output Voltage:
8Vrms max.
IAYCAR
• High frequency stability: within ±2Hz
quaIt ty merchandise.
IAYCAR
Output Distortion: Less than 0.05%
• Output voltage tloatlng: within ± ldB
CALL GARY JOHNSfON OR BRUCE ROUfLEY
IAYCAR
400Hz - 20kHz
• Sine wave signal output: more than 8Vrms
IAYCAR
NOW ON (02) 747 2022
Less than 0.3% 20Hz - 200kHz
•
Equ
ipped
with
synchronised
Input
terminal
of
IAYCAR
Less than 0.05% 500Hz - 50kHz - signals, thus enables the high power output signals
IAYCAR
Less than 0.5% 50Hz - 500kHz
IAYCAR
lo be accurately contro1led by small signals.
AUOICGENl!:AA TOR
Output Flatness: ±ldB (lkHz)
IAYCAR
Specifications:
IAYCAR
Square Wave Output
Frequency Range: l0Hz - 1MHz 5 decade bands
IAYCAR
Range:
20Hz - 20kHz
Accuracy:
±3% +2.Hz
IAYCAR
OutputVoltage:
15Vp-pmax
NEW '
IAYCAR
Output lmpedance:600 ohms unbalanced
Rise
Time:
0.5uS
7(
IAYCAR
Output Control:
Htgh, Low (-40dB) and fine adjuster
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
Cat. QT-2310
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
IAYCAR
1AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
Don't keep wasting money buying
SHRINKS WITH A MATCH
AYCAR
·throw-awaybattertes. Step up to N!Cad
• 2 colours - red and black
AYCAR
, - L_E_S_S-15I
0
rechargeables.
• Are you happy with your
• remains flexible after shtinktng
AYCAR
AYCAR
SUPERB ROCKET BRAND
• all supplled In 1 metre lengths
present electronics supplier?
AYCAR
Size
Red
Black
Price
AA PENLIGHT 450mA
AYCAR
•
Do
you get instant credit?
WH-5540
WH5530
$1.75
Cat. SB-2452
AYCAR
WH-5541
WH-5531
$1.75
AYCAR
• If not, try Jaycar - we offer
AYCAR
WH-5542
WH-5532
$1.85
AYCAR
- SPEEDY SERVICE
WH-5543
5mm
WH-5533
$1.95
AYCAR
- INSTANf ACCOUNTS
AYCAR
7mm
WH-5544
WH-5534
$2.10
AYCAR
WH-5545
10mm
WH-5535
$2.25
- REASONABLE PRICES
AYCAR
AYCAR
16mm WH-5547
WH-5537
$3.25
- GREAT RANGE OF
AYCAR
Shtinks to 1/2 the size listed.
~
!
AYCAR
COMPONENTS
~
<at>lm
AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
AYCAR
• BURGLAR ALARMS
AYCAR
The great new LED bezels are made of black plastic, and are supplied In two parts.
AYCAR
• PASSIVE INFRA RED
Simply push part A Into the panel (you will need a 10mm hole), then put the LED
AYCAR
Into part Band Insert part B (with LED) Into part A for a tight flt. You end up with a
AYCAR
DETECTORS
very professional LED bezel at about 1/4 the price of chrome ones.
AYCAR
• SPEAKERS
Also. lfyou have the need for a hole In a panel up until now Its been extremely hard to
AYCAR
AYCAR
disguise It. Simply mount one of these without the LED. Ideal for Internal mounted buzzers
• RESISTORS
AYCAR
- lamps etc.
• TRANSISTORS
AYCAR
W CAR
Cat. HP-1105
Pkt of 10
•
CAPACITORS
AYCAR
• WIRE • BOOKS
WCAR
Cat.
HP-1106
Pkt
of 100
W CAR
• PLUGS AND SOCKETS
WCAR
WCAR
• ROBOTS
WCAR
• MULTIMETERS
WCAR
WCAR
• SOLDERING IRONS
TWO BRAND NEW MODELS, BOTH FULLY APPROVED BY
\YCAR
• TOOLS
\YCAR
THE ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY
\YCAR
2 OUTLET
• MODEMS • F:ANS
IYCAR
4 OUTLET
The two outlet will handle up to
\YCAR
• TV ANTENNAS
7.5amps.
IYCAR
The MS-4020 will supply up to 4 appliances. Each 240V socket Is independently
• HEADPHONES
The two sockets are not
\YCAR
filtered. The filter will suppress Interference from RF sources, spikes, transients
\ YCAR
independently
and lighting. and supply up to 4 outlets with a total load of 10 amps.
• SOLDER
\ YCAR
filtered although.
Cat MS-4020
IYCAR
• BISHOP GRAPHICS
Cat. MS-4025
IYCAR
•LEDS
IYCAR
\YCAR
• SWITCHES
\YCAR
IYCAR
• BOXES
\YCAR
\YCAR
• CROSSOVERS
1YCAR
•RACK BOXES
\YCAR
1YCAR
• TRANSFORMERS
\YCAR
1YCAR
• KITS
BEWARE! There are many mains filters on the market. One sample we evaluated had only one capacitor in 1U
1YCAR
1YCAR
1YCAR
1YCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC!\R JAYC AR JAYC AR JAYC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR J!\YCAR JAYCA R JAYC.
1YC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCA R JAYC
,YCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYC ARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCA R JAYCAR JAYC ARJ AYC
DIGITAL
MULTIMETER
WITH
FREQUENCY
COUNTER
$159
LESS 15%
$135.15
AC MILLIVOLT METER
[/9.99 .J
~:Im
~
~
,1,1-•
..,
....
i
$225 LESS 15%
$191.25
AUDIO GENERA TOR
- - -------23 9
LESS.
1501.:0
8
$203.15
, PENLIGHT
;, --------,
NiCads
I
l
I
I
1$4.25 each
:LESS 15%
~3.6~each
M
Jl!ID%
I
l
-vo.....
Schools, Technical Colleges,
Universities
J
.&11lla
1rrnu~~JJ; lJl~<at>IID11lJ©1r~
LED BEZELS
~
- - -'
$2.99
$26.95
[D
SQUEAKY CLEAN MAINS FILTERS
$269.00 LESS 15% $228.65
$99.00
LESS ~·~15%
$84.15
... . . , .., . . . , .. . . , ..., • • , . . . . . . , ......... . . ... . . .
, ........ , , .. .... . ........ , , .,,.... , ...,,...,, ..,,... , ....,,.,,, .. ,.... t ...,,., , , ... ,.. , ...., , , , ,
un 1 VMll UM ! VM l l Ul"\ I VMfl ..in I VM n
UMI V l"\I,
.JM I vM n
JM T VM n
JMT VMn JMIVMn JM T VMn .J MTVl"\ n
J M. T Vl-\n Jl\1 '
J AYCA R J AYCAR J AYCAR J AYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCA R JAY,
JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJAY <
JAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAY<
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: Stllcon Chip Jan '88
JAYCAR
1.25 to 18.5V DC. Vo huge metering.
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
LED dropout Indicator, short
JAYCAR
circuit protected. Full kit.
JAYCAR
Ref: EA Jan '88
JAYCA R
Cal ({C::~~
Cal KA- 1696
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: AEM Dec '87
JAYCAR
Thfs one octave EQ
JAYCAR
module is suited for
JAYCAR
PA and professional
JAYCAR
use. Kit supplied with
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
all components, pots,
JAYCA R
PCB. No box or
JAYCA R
hardware.
JAYCA R
Cal KM-3064
JAYCA R
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: Silicon Chip Jan '87
JAYCAR
If you
11red of the sound of your
· JAYCAR
Ref: EA Nov 1987
. ./ /. ·:_ .
JAYCAR
phone, by thfs kit. Mounts Inside
Thi• handy voltage and ~
·,/ . . '] phone - tncludes buzzer.
Ref: Stltcon Chip Nov 1987
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
C~~~illl
_
•
continuity tester tests AC · l
.
•.. .•· · .•
Cat. KC-5015
JAYCAR
and DC voltages and also ·.
_,,#- ~
JAYCAR
continuity tn wires and cables.
•. .
· ··-~
JAYCAR
Cat. KA-1694
7
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: ETl Dec '87
JAYCAR
Cal KE-4730
JAYCA R
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: Stltcon Chtp Dec '87
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Kits Include PCB all parts and heat stnk bracket
JAYCA R
(Thermistors not supplted).
JAYCAR
.· Ref: Sfltcon Chip Jan '88
50 WATT Cal KC -5018
JAYCAR
Liste n l o hidden transmissions on FM broadcasts. PC board and
JAYCAR
ThermfstorRDEll5
Ref: Stltcon Chip Nov 1987
components. Cat. KC-5014
J
AYCAR
Cat. RN-3415
A great project from a new
JAYCAR
$8.95
monthly electronics
JAYCAR
magaztne - Stltcon Chtp.
JAYCAR
100 WATT Thermistor RDE245A
Add a two range
JAYCAR
Cal KC-5019
Cat. RN-3418
Ref: ETI Nov 1987
JAY CAR
capacitance tester for
95
JAYCAR
Features
the
ETI
1424
Include
a
top
boost
and
normal
Input.
only
$27.95.
$l0.
JAYCAR
two pre-eq ltne tnputs, bass & treble controls, effects send and
Ranges are O - 2200pF
JAYCAR
return, sweep eq, 4 post eq & ltne Inputs and master volume.
and O - 2 .2µF.
JAYCAR
Pots supplted when available. 6.5mm sockets, transformer and
Complete kit.
JAYCAR
knobs are not supplted.
Cat KC -5010
JAYCAR
Cat. KE-4729
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Ref: EA October 1987
JAYCAR
1
Thta generator will produce: colour bars, red scteen,
JAYCAR
white screen, black screen, crosshatch, vertical ltnes
Ref: Stltcon Chip Nov '87
JAYCAR
and hortzon ta! ltnea and dot patterns - 8 patterns
JAYCAR
Ref: Stltcon Chip Dec '87
Thts superb 1GHz dtgttal frequency meter will
tn all!
JAYCAR
Well suited to run 12 volt appliances from 24 volt.
outperform any other tnstrument tn tts prlce range.
JAYCAR
Separate outputs for RF (channel O or 1), composite
Can deltver up to 5 amps.
it uses the highest performance !Cs, provides both
JAYCAR
video, horizontal and vertical sync pulses. The sync
frequency
and
period
measurements,
and
features
an
Comple te ktt
JAYCAR
pulses are available tn both positive and negative
8 dtgtt LED readout
Cat. KC-5017
JAYCAR
going logic.
Cal KC-5013
JAYCAR
The Jaycar kit tncludes all specified (or equivalent)
JAYCAR
components tncludtng Scotchcal front and rear
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
panels, plastic tnstrumen t case etc.
JAYCAR
Cal KA-1691
JAYCAR
Power supply extra
JAYCAR
Cal MP-3020 $1 3 .95
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
UNIVERSAL SPEED
JAYCAR
Ref: EA Nov 1987
JAYCAR
JAYCAR
Pr1nted ctrcutt board and
JAYCAR
electronics supplted. No box.
LAMP DIMMER
JAYCAR
Cal KA-1693
JAYCAR
Ref: SIiicon Chip Dec '87
JAYCAR
Cal KC-5016
JAYCAR
JA v·cAR No,1 FOR THE LATEST KITS
ECONOMY TEMPERATURE
PROBE FOR MULTIMETER
DUAL TRACKING
POWER SUPPLY
OCTAVE
EQUALISER
MODULE
$99.95
.$19.95
VOLTAGE &
CONTINUITY
TESTER
) .rfi€.1
~
Y i.
J
-,tj
"~ .....
are
$19.95
$29.95
$49.95
TELEPHONE RINGER
SOLAR GENERATOR
OFF HOOK INDICATOR FOR
$12 95
PHONE
HIGH IMPEDANCE AC/DC
MILLIVOLTMETER ~~- ~-~~
$46.50
$12.95
50 & 100 WATT
AMPLIFIER MODULES
CAPACIT
METERFO
D.M.M.
"'·"·SUB CARRIER ADAPTORS
FOR FM TUNERS $22.95
$32.95
HIGH QUALITY GUITAR PREAMP
$38. 95
TV COLOUR BAR &
PATTERN GENERATOR
$45.00
$27.95
24 TO 12V CONVERTER
$59.00
GHz Digital Frequency Meter!
ONLY $299.00
$ 1 59 •00
CONTROL
$18.95
&
$ 19.95
w✓//////////////////////////////////////////~//////////////////////////'.d. 7.h'»✓.
~r
~~
~
~~
~~,
•
117YorkSt. (02)2671614-
~
~
Mon-Fn 8.30 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm - Sat 9 - 12
Cnr Carlingford & Pennant Hills Rd (02) 872 4444 Mon-Fn9-5.30Thurs8.30pm - Sat9-2pm
~
~,~~ CAR LING FORD
••t...••-···'
•
•· lr;
'7/////////////////////////////////~///////////////////~:~g:~
~SYDNEY• CITY
~CONCORD
~
, _/4HURSTVILLE
HEAD OFFICE
~
115 Parramatta Road
~
Concord 2137
~
(02)7472022
Telex 72293
FACSIMILE
(02)7440767
MAIL ORDERS
PO Box 185
· ·
Conco rd2137
lN~8~8
~ AYCAR
~:~g:~
~:~g:~
~ AYCAR
~ AYCAR
11sParramartaRd (02)7453077Mon-Fn8.30-5.30-Sat8.30 - 12
~
~ AYCAR
~
\
l.'
121ForestRd(02)5707000~
~ AYCAR
Mon-Fn9-5.30Thurs8.30pm-Sat9-12
-,Z~
',,-- y ---. ·i POST&PACKING
%GORE HILL
188Pacij1cHwycnrBellevueAve(02)4394799 ~
~ AYCAR
~
f
. '.
\
$5
$9.99
$ 2.00 :%
Mon-Fn 9 - 5.30 Sat 9 - 4pm
~
AYCAR
0
1
1
4
9
3
75
~
( Mast■reard. s o
S2 . 9
s . ~BURANDAQLD
144LoganRd(07)3930777~
0 AYCAR
Mon-Fr, 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30- Sat 9 - 12
OVER$100
$10.00 % MELBOURNE-CITY Shop2,45A'BeckettSt C1ty(03) 6632030
FOR ORDERS ONLY
0 AYCAR
~
VISA
AMERICAN
ROAD FREIGHT
%
Mon-Fn9-5.30Fn8.30-Sat9-12
~
TOLLFREE
~ AYCAR
••••
EXPAESS IN
50
SPRINGVALE VIC 887-889 Springvale Road Mulgra~e (03) 5471022
(008) 022 888
Nr Cnr. Dandenong Road Mon-Fn 9 - 5.30 Fn 8.30 • Sat 9- 12 ~
/4AYCAR
~ , & / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / , MAIL ORDER VIA YOUR PHONE 1/////////////ff0W/////////////////////#'JAYCAR
JAYCAR
~
\.__ )(.__,/_
~ ■iiiill■■I
~
0
•••
W$////////4.
f~g
:~:~~
f ::~ ~
Allr1'1r~:13· '-~~
~
~
~
~
(o~f
~:~g~
~:~g:~
~:~g:~
JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR J AY CAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ~YCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCA R JAYCAR J AvJt~~:~
JAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR J AYC ARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCA RJ AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR J AYCA RJAYCAR J AYCAR JAY
~~~9~ ~ ~~X2~ ~ ~~X2~~ ~~X2~ ~ ~~X2 ~
~YC AR J AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAY CAR JAYCAR J AY CAR JAY CAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR J AYCA_R JAYCAR_,J AYCA R JAY
HIFIREVIEW
The TA-N77ES stereo power
amplifier: beautifully
finished, superlative
performance.
Sony enters the
big po"7er stakes
Sony don't make a separate stereo preamplifier
and high power amplifier do they? They never
have. Well now they do. Just released, the new
Sony ES-series preamplifier and power amplifier
set new standards for audio quality.
Reviewed by LEO SIMPSON
Sony has long been at the
forefront of audio but it is a long
time since they have brought out
something really new in the
category of amplifiers. Sony were
one of the first manufacturers to
pioneer the use of high power
Mosfets in their amplifiers and it
was quite long time ago too; around
15 years or so.
Now Sony have released this interesting duo, the TA-E77ES stereo
control amplifier and the TA-N77ES
30
SILICON CHIP
stereo power amplifier. Sony's
designation of the former unit is a
little odd; it has no power
amplifiers as such although it does
have an inbuilt stereo headphone
amplifier. Conventionally, the
TA-E77ES would be described as a
stereo control preamplifier but no
doubt Sony feel justified in calling it
a control amplifier because of particular features of its construction.
We are inclined to agree with
their thinking, as you will see later.
For the moment though, the Sony
control amplifier looks like a very
well specified control preamplifier.
It can handle the full range of audio
program sources plus three video
program sources. The latter may be
two video recorders, hifi or otherwise, and perhaps a videodisc
player, or it could be one of the
soon-to-be-released CD video
players. The unit has circuitry to
switch both the video and audio
signals.
Moving magnet or moving coil
cartridges may be selected for the
phono player and the moving coil
cartridge may be selected as either
a low or medium impedance unit.
Apart from phono, five high level
sources may be selected: CD (compact disc), tape 1, tape 2, tuner and
auxiliary (such as DAT). All told
then, a total of nine program
sources may be selected, when the
video sources are included.
Each program source is selected
by means of a microswitch button
which controls a relay. And each
button has very discrete red illumination to show it has been
selected. Very suave.
The signals from these sources
may be routed through the tone controls, stereo/mono switch and
balance control in the usual way, or
via an Adaptor which would usually be a graphic equaliser. Alternatively, the user can select Direct.
The Direct mode connects the
selected source direct to the output,
bypassing all other controls.
This feature is becoming more
common on upmarket amplifiers
although it usually only applies to
CD. It is intended to give the
minimum possible deterioration of
the compact disc signal.
In making the Direct mode
available for all sources, Sony has
taken note of the marketplace and
is acknowledging that in every
category - CD, hifi VCR, DAT or
FM tuner - there are program
sources which challenge the best
amplifiers and control units currently available. It therefore makes
sense to give lovers of high fidelity
sound two options: the absolute
minimum signal processing or tone
controls and filters when they are
needed.
Since it features the Direct mode,
the Sony control amplifier does not
feature tone control cancel buttons.
Instead there are two buttons to
change the turnover frequencies :
200Hz or 400Hz for the Bass con-
Specifications
TA-N77ES Stereo Power Amplifier
Continuous power output per channel
(both channels driven)
Dynamic power
Rated harmonic distortion
Damping factor
Slew rate
Frequency response
Input sensitivity
Signal-to-noise ratio
270W into 40; 200W into 80
520W into 40; 300W into 80
.006% into 40; .004% into80
100 (at 1 kHz) into 80
150V/µ,sec
1Hz to 300kHz (-3d8)
1V, 30k0
-1 20dB (A-weighted)
TA-E77ES Stereo Control Amplifier
Rated harmonic distortion
Frequency response
Phono equalisation
Signal-to-noise ratio
phono MC
phono MM
CD, Tuner, etc
trol and 3kHz and 6kHz for the Treble control. These are handy if you
wish to carefully tailor the amount
of Bass or Treble boost applied to
your speakers.
Remote control
An interesting feature of the
Sony control amplifier is the companion RM-177 infrared remote control. This includes the following
functions: power on/off, volume adjust, program switching, and Direct
and Adaptor switching.
The remote volume control facility is very nice. Push the button and
the volume control on the amplifier
.001%
3Hz to 300kHz (-3dB)
RIAA curve ±0.2dB
-83dB (A-weighted)
-95dB (A-weighted)
- 1 05d8 (A-weighted)
rotates smoothly and quietly for as
long as you hold the button down.
An illuminated red cursor on the
knob shows the volume setting in
unambiguous fashion. A small
motor .on the rear of the control provides the drive.
Another interesting feature is
that when you first turn the
amplifier on it is muted for several
seconds. So that you don't rashly
turn up the volume setting in your
impatience to hear the sounds of
your choice, the LED on the volume
knob flashes a clear warning that it
" ain't ready yet" .
The headphone socket with its
The TA-E77ES stereo control amplifier can handle the full range of audio signals plus three video program sources.
Both moving magnet (MM) and moving coil (MC) cartridges are catered for.
FEBR UA RY1988
31
Inside the stereo control amplifier. Special attention has been paid to circuit
shielding. The chassis is a heavy glass reinforced epoxy casting.
own inbuilt amplifier is a good idea.
It lets you leave the power amplifier
off if you are only going to listen to
headphones.
Inside the case, the Sony control
amplifier is unlike any preamplifier/control unit we have seen
to date. It has two power
transformers, one small and the
other a large toroidal unit which is
larger than the transformer in
many medium power stereo
amplifiers. The main filter
capacitors are large too, especially
for a preamplifier unit. They comprise two 4700µF 63VW electrolytics.
The small power transformer is
powered up permanently and it
keeps the remote control section of
the circuitry awake. This means
that you can turn on the whole
system with the remote control.
Neat.
The most unusual feature is the
chassis. This is Sony's "Gibraltar"
chassis, a very heavy and rigid
glass reinforced epoxy casting.
Sony claims that it is much less
resonant than any metal chassis
and so less likely to rattle, buzz or
otherwise make a contibution to the
program signal. We agree; it is as
dead as a door nail.
Sony have gone to similar trouble
with the top lid of the case. It is a
32
SILICON CHIP
substantial piece of sheet steel,
2mm thick. It alone weighs 1.9kg.
The whole unit weighs 12.1kg.
Overall dimensions are 470 x 128 x
365mm, including knobs and rear
projections.
Other features inside the chassis
are the three flat Bowden cables
for the various rotary selectors on
the front panel, the many miniature
relays for switching and the special
care taken with shielding. At
various places on top of the printed
circuit boards are long strips of
copper to act as shields for vital
parts of the circuit.
switch selects either one or both
pairs of loudspeakers, via relays.
On the righthand side of the front
panel are three knobs. One is a two
position rotary switch to select
either the variable or fixed inputs
while the other two are independent level controls for the variable
inputs. Sony have provided this
facility so that the power amplifier
can be used directly with a high
quality program source such as a
compact disc player.
This truly would be an ultimate
quality hifi set up since the
amplifier has a weighted signal-tonoise ratio of 120dB with respect to
full power. Thus, unlike most integrated stereo amplifiers presently available, the Sony power
amplifier is a lot quieter than any
compact disc player. It would have
made more sense though, to make
the level control a dual ganged
potentiometer; two controls are a
bit clumsy.
On the rear panel are two pairs
of RCA sockets for the inputs just
referred to and eight massive
shrouded binding posts for the two
pairs of loudspeaker outputs.
Removing the heavy perforated
The power amplifier
But if the Sony control amplifier
is impressive, the stereo power
amplifier is truly something to
behold. It is built like a battleship.
Immediately obvious are the two
large power meters on the front of
the amplifier, calibrated to read up
to 600 watts into 80 loads. The
meters can be switched on or off
and when in use are illuminated in
red which is easy on the eye but
eye-catching as well.
On the lefthand side of the front
panel are two rotary switches and
a large pushbutton which is the
power switch. One rotary switch
turns the meters on and off, as
already mentioned. The other
The companion IR remote control
provides volume adjust and signal
switching facilities.
steel lid reveals the more or less
standard features of today's high
power amplifiers. There is a big
power transformer with a copper
strap around the laminations to
eliminate flux leakage, a bank of
electrolytic filter capacitors, a
large chimney-style heatsink for the
power transistors and so on.
What really had us stumped was
the large rectangular unit which
took up the full depth and height of
the chassis. Sony labelled this an
"audio capacitor". What's an
audio capacitor?
It wasn't until we carefully examined the circuit digram that we
realised that this "audio capacitor"
was in fact a dual 22,000µ,F B0VW
electrolytic capacitor which feeds
the output stages of both power
amplifiers. What we had thought
was the main capacitor bank was in
fact the electrolytics (4 x 4700µ,F
B0VW) which supply the driver
stages of both power amplifiers. So
Sony have really done some work
on the power supply of this brute.
Sony haven't told us the concept
of this "audio capacitor" but we
can say that it is very large, even
considering that it does contain
44,000µ,F of capacitance rated at
80 volts. We can only assume that it
has a very high current rating. This
is important if an amplifier is to
deliver a very high current output.
The rectangular case raises
some interesting questions too.
Presumably it is made of some
plastic or epoxy material. How is it
sealed and does it have safety venting? The seal of the can on a conventional electrolytic is quite
critical. It must be absolutely
moisture and air-tight otherwise
the capacitor will deteriorate over
time. But it must also have a safety
vent which can blow and safely exhaust the copious volume of gas
produced if an electrolytic fails and
then seriously overheats.
Again, this amplifier employs the
Gibraltar-style cast chassis and the
whole unit is laid out with the same
detailed attention to shielding as in
the control amplifier.
Testing
Testing the performance claims
of such amplifiers challenges the
test equipment of any organisation.
Inside the stereo power amplifier. The "audio capacitor" is actually a dual
22,000µF 80VW electrolytic capacitor that feeds the output stages of the
power amplifiers. Note the large chimney-style heatsink.
Consider that the Sony power
amplifier is continuously rated at
200 watts per channel into 80 loads
and 270 watts per channel into 40
loads. We made up some large
water cooled loads for our tests but
we had to stop periodically because
the water kept boiling.
Measuring harmonic distortion
was a problem. The control
preamplifier has a rated harmonic
distortion of .001 % while the power
amplifier has a rated distortion of
less than .004 % from 2 50
milliwatts up to 200 watts per channel into 80 loads. We can measure
distortion down to less than .0007 %
but there were times when our
distortion measurements merely
reflected the residual distortion of
our equipment.
Signal-to-noise ratio was another
problem measurement. The control
amplifier is rated at better than
105dB A-weighted for the high level
inputs and better than 95dB Aweighted for the moving magnet
phono input. These are the best
figures we have seen to date for any
stereo preamplifier.
Even better is the power
amplifier. As already mentioned, it
has a signal-to-noise ratio of better
than 120dB A-weighted with
respect to full power. To measure
such figures reliably you need an
audio millivoltmeter set-up which
will reliably measure down to less
than 30 microvolts . Well, we were
able to confirm the figure but not
without difficulty.
Indeed, as far as we could determine, all of Sony's performance
specifications are met by both the
control amplifier and the power
amplifier.
What more can we say? This
Sony gear is too good for us to
presently sonically test. They must
be among the highest performing
audio amplifiers available, regardless of price.
Price of the control amplifier
together with its remote control is
$1799 while the power amplifier is
priced at $2399. For further information, contact your Sony dealer or
Sony (Australia) Pty Ltd, 33-39
Talavera Road, North Ryde, NSW
2113. Phone (02) 887 6666.
it
FEBRUARY1988
33
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Thermatic Fan Timer
for Cars
This circuit is for use with a thermatic fan in a car. It can be fitted to
vehicles used to tow caravans or
boats and is useful for cooling down
the engine at the start of steep hills
etc.
The circuit is based on an
LM3905 precision timer (ICl) from
National Semiconductor. Normally,
Q2 is off and no power is applied to
the IC.
Sl is a centre-off switch which is
spring loaded on one side (DSE Cat.
S1287). When Sl is set to Auto, the
fan operates in the normal fashion.
When Sl is set to On, Q3 is biased
on by current flowing through its
lOk!J base resistor. This turns the
relay on so that the fan now
operates continuously.
If Sl is momentarily switched to
the Timer position, a pulse is applied to the trigger input (pin 1) of
ICl via C2, and to the V + input (pin
Dynamic Noise
Reduction for
Cassette Players
This circuit was designed to
remove hiss from tapes which were
not recorded using Dolby. The circuit operates by rolling off frequencies above about 1.5kHz when the
signal level is low but allowing the
full frequency range to pass when
the signal level increases above a
set level. With a high signal level,
the background noise tends to be
masked by the program material.
The unit is connected between
the output of the tape recorder and
the input of the amplifier. For portable cassette players, the connection should be made betwen the output of the preamplifier and input to
the main amplifier, which is usually
at the volume control.
The circuit operates by using a
34
SILICON CHIP
+12V
02
BC558
S1
01
1N914
AUTO
R3
10k
C2
.01
R1
1M
R2
47DO
112V
RELAY
IC1
LM3905
v
3
8
•
•
TO
EXISTING
FAN SWITCH
4
4.7k
4.7k
....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DV
5) via Dl. Because of the way in
which an internal transistor in ICl
is connected, current now flows into pin 6 and Q2 latches on and supplies power to the IC.
At the same time, Ql is turned on
and quickly discharges the 220µF
timing capacitor (Cl). Pin 7 thus
switches high and turns on Q3 via
D2 and the l0k!J base resistor.
Cl now charges via the lM!J timing resistor towards the 3.15V
reference voltage on pin 2. As soon
as the voltage on pin 3 reaches 2V,
pin 7 switches low again and Q3
turns off. The fan thus runs for the
duration of the timing constant set
by Rl and Cl; ie, about four
minutes.
Note that the relay outputs are
simply wired in parallel with the
existing fan relay switch.
$15 to David Duffy,
Thornlands, Qld.
4.7k
1NPUTO-_....;.__ _ _ _ _ _-¥,llf------------1r-oourPur
-l\:,-ov
POWER
VR1
47k.
0--+9V
S1
0.22
10k
FET as a variable resistance to provide the change in rolloff frequency. When FET Q2 is off, the rolloff
is determined by the 4. 7k!J resistor
between the input and output terminals, the 0.022µF capacitor and
the 470k!J resistor to ground. The
rolloff in this case is insignificant
and the full signal passes from input to output.
When Q2 is biased on, the rolloff
is determined by the 4. 7k!J resistor
and the 0.022µF capacitor now
brought to ground by the FET. The
rolloff now begins at about 1.5kHz.
Biasing for Q2 is provided by the
remaining components. Ql is an
amplifier with the level of input
signal set by VR 1. This determines
the level at which the FET switches
from the on to the off state. Following the Ql gain stage is a rectifier
and filter to supply DC to the gate of
Q2.
47!l
+12V
100 +
16VW!
470
.,.
CHASSIS
DOOR SWITCH
.,.
100
+
+
16VW!
+
22
16VW!
POSITIVE .
DOOR SWITCH
El Cheapo
Car Burglar Alarm
An ear piercing piezo siren
which is triggered from the door
switches is the main feature of this
alarm. It is low in cost, includes entry and exit delays, and uses just a
single IC.
The input can work with door
switches which connect to chassis
or + 12V. The circuit shows both
switch connections, but only one
type or the other can be used on the
circuit. Note that door switches are
normally open when the car doors
are closed. Our circuit shows the
car door switches closed.
The chassis door switch input
operates by pulling pin 2 of ICla
Sl {
DISABLE,-
low, causing its output to go high.
The O.ZZµF capacitor then charges
via the 220k0 resistor at pin 2 of
ICla and after about 50
milliseconds ICla's output again
goes low.
By contrast, the positive door
switch input operates by pulling
one side of its associated 0.22µF
capacitor high. This momentarily
pulls the pin 5 input of I Cl b high
which then goes low again as the
0.22µF capacitor charges.
Depending on whether chassis or
positive door switch inputs are required, link 1 or link 2 is connected
to the pin 5 input of IClb. The output of ICl b goes low for 50ms every
time a door switch is closed provided that the pin 6 input is high. This
Handy hints and tips
Hint #1: Have you ever found
yourself short of a low voltage
diode to complete a circuit when
your parts shop has closed? You
can substitute a zener diode instead. Make sure you get the
polarity right though. The line
around one end of the diode body
indicates the cathode, whether it
is a zener or ordinary diode.
If the diode in question is
always forward biased (ie, no
reverse voltage is applied), you
can use the base emitter connections of a transistor instead. For
an NPN transistor, the base
becomes the anode and the emitter becomes the cathode.
Hint #2: Need a high current
diode with a low voltage rating?
The base-emitter junction of
typical power transistors can
handle several amps with ease
provided they are not reversebiased at any time by more than
a few volts.
For a higher current rating,
short the base to the collector.
This gives a diode which can
handle currents up to the collector rating of the power transistor
although a heatsink may be
required.
For NPN transistors, the collector is equivalent to the anode
of a diode while the emitter
becomes the cathode. For PNP
transistors the connections are
reversed.
PIEZO
1SIREN
.
turns on transistor Qt which
discharges the 220µF capacitor via
D2 and pulls pin 8 of IClc low.
Diode DZ is included to prevent
reverse breakdown of the base
emitter junction of Ql.
When pin 8 of IClc is pulled low,
its output goes high and begins to
charge the 22µF capacitor at pin 12
of ICld. After about 10 seconds,
(the entry delay), the ZZµF
capacitor charges sufficiently to
cause the output of ICld to go low.
This switches on transistor QZ to
turn on the piezo siren.
When the ZZOµF capacitor
recharges to the upper threshold of
the pin 8 input of IClc, the pin 10
output goes low and the alarm switches off after the 22µF capacitor at
pin 12 of ICld discharges. The sum
of these two capacitor time constants gives the total alarm time.
Pin 6 of IClb and pin 13 of IGld
are connected to the disable switch
and the RC delay consisting of a
22µF capacitor and 470k0 charging
resistor. When the disable switch is
closed, both IClb and ICld are
disabled and the alarm will not
sound.
When the disable switch is opened, the 22µF capacitor charges via
the 470k0 resistor and after about
10 seconds the ICl b and ICld gates
are enabled. This is the exit delay.
The disable switch should be hidden beneath the car's dashboard. It
can be a double pole type to also
disable the ignition for added
security.
The piezo siren should be installed in a relatively inaccessible position in the cabin of the vehicle but
not so that its output is muffled.
FEBRUARY1988
35
By LEO SIMPSON & BOB FLYNN
200
Power Amplifier
This rugged stereo amplifier puts out a
genuine 100 watts per channel into
8-ohm loads and more than 160 watts
per channel into 40.
Every now and again we have a
brainwave at SILICON CHIP. Truly!
We were considering the design of
a stereo power amplifier which had
to have a genuine power output of
at least 100 watts per channel into
8-ohm loads. It had to be rugged,
easy to build and reasonably priced. While we discussed the pros
and cons of various design approaches, we realised we already
had the basis of a suitable design,
the 50 and 100-watt modules
described in our December issue.
As it stands the circuit of the
module described in our December
issue cannot be pushed any harder
to deliver more power. The supply
rails cannot be increased because
the 2N3055/MJ2955 output transistors would not stand it. Nor could
the transistors for the first and se-
cond differential amplifier stages.
Then one of us had a flash of insight and after a minute or two of
checking the concept on a plastic
brain (calculator), we knew we had
a simple solution: increase the
power supply rails from ± 40 volts
DC to ± 50V and swap the
2N3055/MJ2955 output transistors
for the more highly rated
MJl 5003/4 transistors.
Naturally, we had to follow up
with a lot more calculations, plotting load lines for drivers and output transistors and so on, but the
concept was confirmed. We
modified a power module to put the
concept into practice, building a big
power supply with a well regulated
output of ± 50 volts DC and changing all the transistors which needed
higher voltage ratings. Now, after
considerable cooperation from
Altronics of Perth in supplying key
components, we present the
"Studio 200" stereo power
amplifier.
The Studio 200 is a rugged stereo
power amplifier housed in a large
rack mounting case. It is eminently
suitable for work in discos, bands
and in the home. It is rugged but
that does not mean it is not hifi. It
has very good performance figures
and excellent power output.
Music power output, as
measured by the IHF method
(Institute of High Fidelity), is 120
watts per channel for 80 loads and
190 watts per channel for 40 loads.
This gives a dynamic headroom
figure of 0.8dB for both 40 and 80
loads.
Typical harmonic distortion for
powers of less than 90 watts into 80
loads is less than .01 % . Frequency
response is 20Hz to lOOkHz ± ldB.
Signal to noise ratio is better than
105dB unweighted with respect to
100 watts into 80.
The Studio 200 stereo power
amplifier features protection
The Studio 200 stereo power amplifier is built into a large rack mounting case from Altronics. It has excellent specs
and can be used for home hifi, or put to work in discos and bands.
FEBRUARY1988
37
How the Circuit Works
Thirteen transistors and three
diodes make up each power
amplifier. The input signal is coupled via a 1 JLF capacitor and 2.2k0
resistor to the base of 02 which
together with 03 makes up a differential pair. 01 is a "constant
current tail" which sets the current
through 02 and 03 and renders
the amplifier insensitive to variations in its supply rails (this is
known as supply rejection).
Signals from the collectors of 02
and 03 drive another differential
pair, 04 and 05, which have a
"current mirror" as their load. The
current mirror, 06 and D3, does
not give this second stage a particularly high gain but it does make
it very linear (ie, relatively distortion free).
The output of 05 is then used to
drive the class-AS output stage
consisting of drivers 08 and 09
and power transistors O 1 o, O 11 ,
012 and 013 .
07 is a Vbe multiplier, so called
because it multiplies the voltage
between its base and emitter by
the ratio of the resistors between
its base and collector and base
and emitter, respectively. It effectively maintains a fixed voltage between its collector and emitter,
regardless of the drive current
delivered to the output stage by
05. The voltage is adjusted by
trimpot VR1.
The function of 07 is to set the
DC voltage applied between the
bases of 08 and 09 . By doing this
it sets the "quiescent current"
through the output stage (ie, the
current when no signal is present) .
This minimises crossover distortion
The complementary output transistors are connected in parallel to
give high current output capability.
Each output transistor has its own
0 .4 70 emitter resistor. These are
included to ensure that the output
current is shared more or less
equally between the output transistors and to help stabilise the
quiescent current.
Negative feedback is applied
from the output stage back to the
base of 03 via a 22k0, resistor.
The level of feedback, and
therefore the voltage gain , is set
by the ratio of the 22k0 resistor to
1 kO . The low frequency rolloff is·
set by the ratio of the impedance
of the 1 kO resistor to the impedance of the 4 7 µF capacitor.
This sets the - 3dB point at about
3Hz .
The 1 J,tF input capacitor and the
22k0 base bias resistor feeding
02 have a more important effect
and set a - 3dB point at about
?Hz . The two time-constants
together give an overall - 3dB
point at 1 OHz.
The 330pF capacitor and the
2 .2k0 resistor feeding 02 forms a
low pass filter which rolls off frequencies above 200kHz .
The 68pF capacitor between
base and collector of 05 rolls off
the open-loop gain to ensure its in-
against short circuits and against
damaging loudspeakers if it is
seriously overdriven (which often
blows tweeters) or develops an internal fault. This protection is provided by the same PTC (positive
temperature coefficient) thermistors used in our lOOW modules
featured in the December issue of
high power amplifiers used for
disco and rock bands is an internal
fault which not only blows the
amplifier 's output transistors but
burns out the speakers as well.
Repairing the amplifier is
relatively cheap but repairs to
loudspeakers can be very expensive. By incorporating the
Polyswitch PTC thermistors into
each channel of the amplifier, you
can effectively insure against
amplifier and loudspeaker damage.
SILICON CHIP.
Apart from its generous power
output capability and high fidelity
performance, we regard the simple
and effective protection incorporated in the Studio 200 as its
most important feature. An expensive and common occurrence in
38
SILICON CHIP
The circuit
The circuit is shown in Fig.1. This
shows the power supply and one
herent stability with feedback applied . Another contributor to the
amplifier's excellent stability is the
output network consisting of a
6 .8JLH air-cored choke, a 6 .80
resistor and 0.15J,tF capacitor.
Instead of using relays for
loudspeaker protection each
power amplifier uses a Polyswitch
(made by Raychem Corporation,
USA) . This device is a positive
temperature coefficient thermistor
with a very low resistance value,
under normal operating conditions.
When the current through a
Polyswitch goes above a set
value, it immediately switches to a
high resistance state and stays in
that state until the fault condition is
removed . It's like a fuse which can
repair itself.
The resistance of the Polyswitch
is so low (typically much less than
0.10) that it has a negligible effect
on amplifier performance. The
distortion figures we quote are applicable whether or not the
Polyswitch is used .
The Polyswitches give comprehensive protection . They allow
the amplifier to deliver full power
on program signals but the moment a short circuit is applied or
the amplifier is seriously overdriven, the Polyswitch goes high in
resistance to give protection .
If a transistor fails, and causes
the amplifier to deliver a large DC
voltage to the speaker, again the
Polyswitch goes high to give
protection .
channel, to save space. It is identical in configuration to the circuit
of the lOOW module referred to
previously but most of the semiconductors have been changed and so
have some of the resistors.
For those who have not read the
abovementioned article, a brief
description of the power amplifier
circuit is given in one of the accompanying panels. Most of the
changes we 've made relate to the
higher supply voltages necessary to
extract higher power from the
amplifier. We'll discuss the main
changes briefly.
As already noted, the main
01
1N4002
•
I
680
+49.5V
5A
0.1+
48.1V
8
!
8
0.1 J
.012
INPUT
22k
cr22k
1k
2x8F469
04
2.2k
~
1.9V 2.2k
_J
B
C
8
'
48.3V
:--,
1.9V
:....J
l
1.3V
t
- - 4 - - - ' - - + - - - - - - - - - -.....- - - 4 9 .5V
0.ll
* ROE245A (80 LOAD)
POWER
RDE390A (4!1 LOAD)
240VAC
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + 4 9.5V
8000
63VW
N
+
8000
_ 63VW
+
-
10k
1W
,--c
B
0
ELJc
0.22
100V
0
8
VIEWED FROM BELOW
.,.
PLASTIC-0
CASE
8000
63VW
-
8000
63VW
-
10k
1W
moE
0.22
100V
LED1
111
ECB
STUDIO 200 STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
SC1·1 -288
Fig.1: this diagram shows one powe.r amplifier and the power supply for the Studio 200. The circuit is essentially the
same as the 100W module published in our December issue. Note that two of the 8000µF 63VW filter capacitors can be
regarded as optional although they do give a worthwhile reduction in hum and a small increase in continuous power
output.
change is to the power output transistors which are now MJ15003
(NPN type) and MJ15004 (PNP
type). These rugged bipolar transistors have a maximum power
dissipation rating of 250 watts (at a
case temperature of 25°C), a collector current rating of 20 amps and a
collector voltage rating of 140 volts.
So they are considerably more rugged than the MJ2955/2N3055s that
they replace.
They also have better high frequency gain which means that it is
possible to obtain better high fre-
Performance of Prototype
Output Power (RMS)
Music Power
Frequency Response
Input Sensitivity
Harmonic Distortion
Signal to Noise Ratio
Protection
Damping Factor
Stability
1 00W into 8 ohms; 160W into 4 ohms
120W into 8 ohms; 190W into 4 ohms
20Hz-1 00kHz ± 1dB
1.25V
< 0 .01 % (20Hz-20kHz)
>105dB
5A fuses plus optional Polyswitch
> 100
Unconditional
FE BRUARY1988
39
600..----.---~-----.-------.---,----r------.----.-----,
i
<
300
i:l
The input transistor pair is now 2
x BC556 instead of BC557s but
apart from a higher collector
voltage rating, these transistors
(Vceo 65V instead of 45V for
BC557) are otherwise identical. The
second transistor pair and current
mirror are now 2 x BF469 and
BF470 instead of BC639s and
BC640. The substituted transistors
are normally used in high-voltage
video output stages in TV sets and
consequently have a very high collector voltage rating of 250 volts
and excellent beta linearity which
again improves performance.
Power supply
10
20
30
60
40
70
80
90
VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Fig.2: this is the load line diagram for the MJE340/350 driver transistors. The
straight line shows the resistive load reflected by the output transistors while
the arched line shows a severe reactive load. The concave line to the right is
the maximum power dissipation (20W) hyperbola of the transistors with SOAR
derating included.
14--------.---.. . . . .-..-----,,---,-----,------r----.-----,
f
:E
~
i
61----4------+-------4----+-------il-_,-....,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--t
=
..,
:::,
The Studio 200 stereo amplifier
has a very good power supply and
this is the main reason it is able to
deliver so much power. It uses a
large toroidal power transformer
with a centre tapped secondary
winding of 35 volts a side, with a
nominal rating of 300VA. This
transformer has excellent regulation and very low hum radiation. It
is also a lot more compact and
weighs less than a conventional
transformer of equivalent rating.
Teamed with the transformer is a
chassis mounting bridge rectifier
and four B000µF 63VW electrolytic
capacitors. These deliver balanced
supply rails of ± 50V DC. Really,
we are gilding the lily by putting in
four B000µF electrolytics as it only
makes a relatively small difference
to the maximum continuous and
music power capability. You can
save about $40 by just using two
B000µF 63V capacitors.
Chassis
10
30
40
60
70
90
VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Fig.3: load line diagram for the MJ15003/4 output transistors. The straight line
is for a 40 resistive load while the arched line is for a reactive load of 2.75
± j2.750. The concave curves to the right are for the transistors' maximum
power hyperbola (2 x 250W) with SOAR derating included.
quency distortion performance
from them.
The driver transistors are unchanged but we have plotted load
lines for both the drivers and output
40
SILICON CHIP
transistors to check that they can
safely deliver the much higher
power output of this amplifier. The
load line graphs are shown in Fig.2
and Fig.3.
The chassis is a nicely finished
'three unit high' rack mounting case
from Altronics (Cat No H-0418).
This has heatsink extrusions at the
sides on which we mounted the
amplifier modules, one each side.
To save chassis space we
mounted the toroidal transformer
directly to the front panel. This is
more or less standard practice with
rack amplifiers as the front panel is
usually much thicker and stronger
than the top or base panels.
Order of assembly
If you are buying a complete kit
for this amplifier, no drilling of
metalwork will be necessary but if
mF and Music Power
The music power rating of the
Studio 200 was measured according to the method outlined in the
Institute of High Fidelity's
specification IHF-A-202. This
uses a pulsed 1kHz waveform
with a duration of 20 milliseconds . To conveniently
measure power according to this
method and those which use
longer pulse durations, we have
designed a self-contained test instrument. It will be described in a
coming issue of SILICON CHIP.
'·
.
f!
»
.
.
l's::d.f.i:t.s:Ll2:JEY.2:2:L:1t:i:J!S<at>E2:JER~D![Jl" M'f\$'. ,:,··. ''f&WtW<at>/;"»~f?&~:
-v
INPUT
- - - T03 DEVICE
.
:__ ~ .i:?-
+V
Fig.4: here's how to assemble the power amplifier modules. Be sure to use the
correct transistor at each location and take care with component polarity. For
80 loads, use the RDE245A thermistor; for 40 loads, use the RDE390A.
0
!r
-INSULATING
SLEEVES
-~O-~
~ II
HEATSINK
PCB
I
SHAKE-PROOF
·--~-WASHERS
~--
9-NUTS
Fig.5: mounting details for the TO-3
transistors. Trim the mica washers so
that they do not overlap.
The power amplifier modules are screwed to the heavy heatsink extrusions
that make up the sides of the case. Use PC stakes to terminate all external
wiring to the module. Note: the PTC thermistor has been replaced here by a
wire link but should be included in all kit versions.
you are working from scratch, any
drilling of the case, heatsink
brackets or whatever should be
done before any assembly work
gets under way.
Kits for the Studio 200 stereo
amplifier will be available shortly
after this issue goes on sale from
Altronics of Perth at $399.
The first step in putting the
amplifier together is to assemble
the power supply into the chassis.
You can fit all the other hardware
at the same time. To prevent marking your workbench or table, we
suggest that the case be fitted with
four large rubber feet (32mm in
diameter). The ones we used are
sold in hardware stores as rubber
door stops.
Mount all the hardware bits on
the rear panel and then mount the
transformer and hardware on the
FEBRUARY1988
41
All the power supply and amplifier output wiring should be run using heavy duty hookup wire. Take care when putting
the lid on the case so as not to damage the outer insulation of the transformer. Note: some of the internal wiring in this
photo differs slightly from the wiring diagram. The PTC protection thermistors are also not shown.
front panel. We used a bolt with a
blackened head to mount the
transformer so that the bolt head
would not be so obvious on the front
panel. You can obtain one from a
hardware store.
The mains cord should be
J-se•~
WASHER
-10126
~~~::;~.
0
-HEATSINK
PCB
..l_
- - SHAKE-PROOF
WASHER
(8-NUT
Fig.6: mounting details for the T0-126
transistors. Note that heatsink
compound should be lightly smeared
on the mounting surfaces.
42
SILICON CHIP
secured in the rear panel of the
chassis with a cord grip grommet. It
is also anchored along the
righthand side of the chassis (looking from the front) by two cord
clamps. Wire up the transformer
exactly as shown in the wiring
diagram.
Both the active and neutral wires
from the power cord are terminated at the insulated terminal
strip, as is the blue primary wire
from the transformer (joined to the
incoming neutral wire). Cut a short
length off the brown wire from the
transformer and strip both ends.
One end goes to the incoming active
wire while the other end goes to the
power switch. The brown primary
wire from the transformer also goes
to the power switch.
Before soldering these wires to
the switch, slip a length of
shrinkable sleeving over the pair.
After soldering, push the tubing up
over the switch and then apply heat
from a hairdryer to shink it on.
Wire up the bridge rectifier and
filter capacitors using heavy duty
hookup wire. Do not omit the lOkO
1W resistors wired across each
supply rail. These are there to safely discharge the capacitors in the
event the fuses to the amplifiers
blow.
Check all your wiring carefully at
this stage and then apply power.
The supply rails should be close to
± 50V DC. Switch off and allow all
the capacitors to discharge.
Now you can assemble both the
amplifier modules. We suggest you
assemble one module and test it
before doing the other. That way, if
you make a mistake on the first, you
won't do it on the second. The procedure for each board is as follows.
First mount all the small components leaving the power transistors and heatsink till last. The
component overlay for the modules
is shown in Fig.4.
Note that the 68pF compensation
capacitor associated with Q5
should have a voltage rating of at
least 100 volts and so should the
0.15µF capacitor in the output filter
network.
The 6.BµH choke is wound with
24.5 turns of 0.8mm enamelled cop-
HEATSINK
HEATSINK BRACKET
LEFT AMPUAER
-V
r-l-.1
.
I
I
Q 22
0.22 ''
'
POWER TRANSFORMER
(MOUNTED ON FRONT PANEL)
1
I/I
-V
+v
RIGHT AMPLIFIER
v. /1
....
LED1~
2
. <at>t - .- -.- - ,. - ~
\
HEATSINK BRACKET
'
POWER CORD
HEATSINK
Fig.4: this diagram shows the wiring details of the amplifier and power supply. Note that for minimum hum output from
both channels of the amplifier, the transformer must be rotated so that its leads exit as close as possible to the base of
the case. Note the single point earth wiring which is essential for low hum output.
per wire on a 13mm diameter
plastic former . Alternatively,
Jaycar Electronics supply the choke
ready wound (Cat No EE-4030).
Mount the four 0.470 5W wirewound resistors so that they are off
ihe board by about 1mm or so. This
aids power dissipation.
Now mount the heatsink bracket.
It is secured to the board by the
mounting screws for the four output
transistors and the driver transistors. Mount the power transistors first.
These must all be isolated from
the heatsink by using mica washers
and insulating bushes, as depicted
in Fig.5. Smear all mounting surfaces with heatsink compound
before assembly. Solder the mounting nuts to the PCB pattern after
FEBRUA RY1988
43
PARTS LIST
1 rack-mounting case with side
heatsink extrusions (Altronics
H-0418)
1 70V centre-tapped 300VA
toroidal transformer (Altronics
M-3092)
1 push on/push off mains
switch with black button
(Altronics S-1 090)
1 red LED and bezel
1 3-core mains cord and
moulded 3 -pin plug
1 cord-grip grommet
2 plastic cord clamps
1 3 -way mains insulated
terminal block
4 binding post terminals, 2 red,
2 black
1 2-way RCA panel socket
3 plastic cable ties
2 solder lugs
4 large rubber feet (as sold by
hardware stores as door
stops)
1 50mm of twin shielded cable
500mm red heavy duty hookup
wire
500mm black heavy duty
hookup wire
2 8000µF 63VW chassis
mount capacitors (optional)
1 BR104 400V 10A bridge
rectifier or equivalent
2 0 .33µF metallised polyester
capacitors
2 1OkO 1W resistors
1 5 .6k0 1W resistor
4
2
2
2
4
Amplifier modules
Capacitors
2 4 7 µF 16VW PC electrolytic
2 1µF metallised polyester
(greencap or miniature)
2 0 .15µF metallised polyester
10 0.1 µF metallised polyester
2 0.012µF metallised polyester
2 330pF ceramic or miniature
metallised polyester
2 68pF 1OOVW ceramic
Power supply
Semiconductors
2 B000µF 63VW chassis
mount capacitors
6 BC556 PNP transistors
2 BF4 70 PNP transistors
assembly to ensure reliable contact. Alternatively, if the nuts are
nickel plated or stainless steel, use
lockwashers.
Depending on whether you intend
to use the amplifier with 40 or 80
loudspeakers, you have a choice of
PTC thermistors for protection. ,For
80 loads, use RDE245As. For 40
loads, use the higher current
RDE390As.
The two driver transistors and
the Vbe multiplier (Q7) are bent
over and also attached to the heatsink bracket using T0-126 mounting
kits (see Fig.6).
When the whole assembly is completed, the heatsink bracket should
be attached to one of the heatsink
extrusions in the chassis. Heatsink
compound should be used between
the bracket and the heatsink to improve heat transfer.
Powering up
Before applying power remove
44
SILICON CHIP
2 printed circuit boards, code
SC11-1287, 121 x 133mm
2 heatsink brackets
8 3AG fuse clips
4 5A 3 AG fuses
12 PC pins
2 plastic formers, 13mm dia x
10mm, plus 1-metre 0 .8mm
enamelled copper wire
(ECW) ; or 2 x 6.8µH aircored chokes
2 Raychem RDE245A
polyswitch PTC thermistors
for 80 loads or RDE390A for
40 loads
8 T0-3 transistor mounting kits
6 T0-126 transistor mounting
kits
the two fuses from the board clips
and set VRl fully anticlockwise.
This gives the setting for minimum
quiescent current through the output transistors. Solder a 5600 5W
wirewound resistor across each
fuseholder . Set your multimeter to
the ZOOVDC range (or no lower than
50V DC if an analog meter).
Now apply power and measure
BF469 NPN transistors
8D139 NPN transistors
MJE340 NPN transistors
MJE350 PNP transistors
MJ 15003 NPN power
transistors
4 MJ 1 5004 PNP power
transistors
6 1 N4002 diodes
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
2 x 56k0, 4 x 22k0, 2 x 18k0, 2
x 8.2k0 1W, 6 x 2.2k0, 2 X 1 kO,
2 x 4700, 2 x 2700, 6 x 1 ooo,
4 X 680, 2 X 6 .80 1 W, 8 X 0.470
5W wirewound, 2 x 5000
trimpots (Bourns cermet
horizontal mount, 0 .2 x 0 .4-inch)
Miscellaneous
Screws, nuts, washers, solder,
heatshrink tubing for mains
switch insulation .
the positive and negative supply
rails. Again, they should be within a
few volts of ± 50V. Now measure
the other volta ges on the circuit.
They should all be within ± 10% of
the nominal values. The voltage at
the output should be within ± 30mV
of OV. No load should be connected
at this stage, by the way.
continued on page 95
The rear panel carries a 2-way RCA panel socket for the inputs and two sets
of binding post terminals for loudspeaker connections.
VOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR C
23 Pin "D"
Connectors
No it's not a misprint - there are now 23 pin
D-<:onnectors on a couple of the newer
PC's. So if you're finding it hard to get plugs
and sockets to match , Geoff of course has
'em .
Connectors - Male $3.50 Female $3.50
Backshell $3.50
Seven
Segment
Display
Specials
HD1107R Common
Cathode 10mm (0 .4 ")
character height with righ t hand decimal
point. Typical 350uCd intensity at 1OmA.
Measures 13. 1mm x 10mm x 7.2mm .
Standard PC grid.
Only$1.50 each or $1.25 for 10+.
Thermalloy Heatsink
6129
National Miniature
Relay Special
Geoff is stocking the 6129 because of its low
(under half an inch) profile. Easy to install Fins are on one side only. Suits all power
Genuine Matsushita OS-Series double pole
changeover relay with a contact rating of
GOW, 125VA. Will handle 240Vac and upto 2A
switching. 12V coil Measures only 20mm x
10mm x 9.3mm. 1500V surge rating . Fits
standard IC soc ket.
Only
pLI11Ct1·:11r1=v
~~
~= ~
I
~8
o.-,
~g
$3.50
devices. Excellent the mi al resistance . 3"
long with mounting holes on 2.5" centres .
$2.50 (1-9) or $2.00 ( 1O+)
Audio Alarm Special
Geoff has secured a limited quantity of
electronic warbling alarms. Contains a 5
transistor circuit and small loudspeaker in a
weather resistant horn type case measuring
90mm dia x 60mm deep. Also has adjustable
mounting bracket. Works off a nominal 12V
de supply.
Only $12.50.
1- - - -- -.;:·~
So many people have been asking for a
simple, inexpens ive IDC connector to fit the
usual 0.1" grid. Now Geoff has tracked 'em
down. 10 way, easy to install and only
10-Way IDC Mai
Connectors
$2.50.
LT4940AHR High Efficiency
High efficiency type means a luminous
intensity between 1400 and 2400uCd at
10mA. 10mm (0.4") character height with
right hand decimal point. Measures 1S.75mm
x 9.Smm x 5.1mm.
Only $1.50 each or $1.25 for 10+.
Get a few tubes of
these Gates ...
74LS27 $2 .50 for a tube
of 25 - that's only 10c each 1
SN74SOON $7.50 for a tube of
25.Genuine TI - that's only 30 cents each I
Or you can have them in 1OO's for $22.50.
Cheap Transistors
MJE13007
NPN , 400V SA, hfe 5-30,
Ft 4MHz , T0-220
$1.00 each (10-99 80c
or 100+ 50c)
8D646
PNP , Silicon Darlington ,
60V SA , hfe 750m in,
Ft 1OOkHz typ .
T0-220
50c each
( 10 99 45c or 100+ 30c)
Built-In Flint lighter
~
.,.,
0
Cl
AVAILABLE AT LAST ...
PORTASOL PROFESSIONAL COMPLETE KIT
It's a gas soldering iron .. .h's a blow
torch ... it's a hot knife ... it's a hot blow.
And it comes in a neat carry kit
complete wnh a bit wiper. No cords or
batteries yet it gives the equivalent of a
1Oto 60W iron . You can get up to 90
minutes average continuous use from a
single fill. And you refill it in seconds
using a standard butane gas lighter
refill. Tip temperatures as high as 400°C
can be set. The kn includes one
soldering tip, a hot kntte , blow torch and
hot blow. The cap contains a flint
lighter. The complete kit comes in a
handy case (with stand for the iron)
which just about fits in your pocket.
Porta-Sol Professional is $81.00.
PORTASOL STANDARD
SOLDERING IRON
Geoff has sold hundreds of 'em to
servicemen and technicians. Ccmplete
and ready to use like the Professional
but you only get th e iron and bit
$39.95.
PORTASOL TTPS
Expand the capability of your Portasol
Iron with spare tips -available for
standard iron in 1mm, 2.4mm , 3.2mm,
4.8mm and hot knife tip. Professional
tips come in same sizes plus hot blow
and blow torch. Tips are .o..QJ.
interchangeable between irons, so
specify Standard or Professional when
ordering. Tips are all $12.95 each.
0
JJ
C""l
:i:
~
~
.,.,
0
Cl
0
JJ
2
~
~
0
Cl
.,.,
0
JJ
C""l
:i:
~
~
8.30 to 5 Monday to Friday. 8.30 to 12 Sat.
Mail Orders add $5 UO to co ver postal c harges.
(t
All prices INCLUDE sales tax.
GEOFF WOOD ELECTRONICS P/L
(02) 427 1676
Ta x exemption r: r:rt1l1cates ac cepted ,t line value
exceeds $1 0.011
229 BURNS BAY RD.
(CORNER BEATRICE ST)
LANE COVE WEST N.SW
~
....0
Cl
0
i
BANK CARO. M AS TFH CARD, VISA. CHEQUES
TWX 71996
PO. BOX 671
LANE COVE N.SW 2066
OR CASH CHEERFULLY ACCEPTED
specialising in electronic components for the professional and hobbyist.
~
.,.,
0
Cl
0
JJ
C""l
:i:
~
Audible end of file
Don't tie up your phone line for longer
than you have to. This simple project
can be easily fitted to most modems and
sounds a buzzer at the end of a file
transmission.
By GREG SWAIN
They say that necessity is the
mother of invention. This simple
project was born out of necessity at
the SILICON CHIP office. It's fitted to
one of our own modems and has
proven to be a real timesaver.
At SILICON CHIP, we use a modem
to send text files from our computers directly to a typesetting terminal some 30km away. This highly
efficient practice virtually eliminates keystrokes at the typesetting
end and gives us fast and accurate
turnaround on our text and drawing labels.
This system works extremely
well, saving us both time and
money. But we did strike one pro-
blem. Because we are transmitting
data down the line at just 300 baud,
some of the longer files can take 1O
minutes or more to send. So unless
someone is actually watching the
computer monitor or the transmit
LED on the modem, it's all too easy
to miss the fact that transmission
has ended. As a result, both the
telephone and the computer can be
tied up for much longer than is actually necessary.
We were particularly keen to
solve this problem because, initially, we didn't want the phone line
tied up for longer than necessary.
At the same time, the person who
was sending the data didn't wish to
be tied to the computer, waiting for
the monitor to indicate that
transmission had finished.
No doubt a whiz at programming
could come up with a simple routine
to sound a tone from the computer
when transmission had ceased but
we wanted a more general solution.
What was needed was a simple
circuit that would sound a buzzer
when the transmission was completed. It also had to be cheap and
easy to install. The answer is the
circuit presented here. It is suitable
for use in all modems that use the
AM7910 world modem chip, which
means virtually all modems which
work at 300 baud duplex.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit. It is
essentially a missing pulse detector
that monitors the TD (transmit
data) pin of the AM7910.
The circuit uses just two active
components: a 555 timer (IC1) and a
PNP transistor (Ql). Normally, the
base of Ql is held high by the 47kQ
resistor. This means that Ql is off,
the 2.2µF capacitor on pins 2 and 6
of IC1 is charged, and pin 3 is low.
Thus, if Sl were closed, the buzzer
would sound continuously.
In practice, Sl is normally left
open so that the buzzer is off. The
switch is closed only after data
transmission commences.
R
tJll\:\
·;:>< ~'
lII_TI
S1
The unit is built on a small PC board that mounts on the rear panel, inside the
modem. Flying leads connect the indicator to the modem circuitry.
46
SILICON CHIP
Fig.2: parts layout and wiring
diagram for the PCB version. The
buzzer should be a 6V type from
Tandy.
indicator for modems
+5v---------------------.
PARTS LIST
+
2.2
16VWJ
8
4
470k
47k
5V
BUZZER
ICl
555
...
B
ELJc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
MODEM "END OF FILE" INDICATOR
SC7-1-288
Fig.1: the circuit uses a 555 timer IC wired as a missing pulse detector. During
transmission, Qt pulses on and off and discharges the 2.2µF capacitor.
Now consider what happens during data transmission. Qt is rapidly
switched on and off by data pulses
from pin 10 of the AM7910 modem
chip. This discharges the 2.2µF
capacitor which means that pin 3 is
now high and the buzzer is off. The
circuit remains in this state for as
long as data is transmitted down
the line.
As soon as transmission ceases,
Qt remains off and the 2.2µF
capacitor charges via the 470k!l
resistor. After about one second,
the voltage on pins 2 and 6 reaches
2/3 Vee and pin 3 switches low. The
buzzer now sounds to indicate the
end of the file.
., :e . :,.· BU~ER ,: .
t
TO PIN 10
OF AM7910
✓
('"
, .,
,
.)
f ,
V
Power for the circuit is derived
from a + 5V regulated rail in the
modem. Because the AM7910 requires a + 5V rail, this voltage is
already there.
Construction
We built our End of File Indicator
onto a small PCB coded SC7-1-288
(44 x 39mm). Fig.2 shows the wiring
details. As an alternative, the circuit can be built on a small piece of
Veroboard measuring 50 x 39mm
- see Fig.3.
You can mount the parts on the
board in any order you like, but
take care with the orientation of the
IC, transistor, electrolytic cap-
r.SC7-1-288
1 PCB, code SC?-1-288, 44 x
39mm (or Veroboard, 50 x
39mm)
1 6V DC buzzer (Tandy Cat.
273-054)
1 SPOT toggle switch
1 555 timer
1 BC55 7 PNP transistor
2 2 .2µF 16VW electrolytic
capacitor
1 4 70k!l 0.25W resistor
1 47k!l 0.25W resistor
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, solder, screws,
nuts etc .
acitor and buzzer. Be sure to use a
6V buzzer for this project, as sold
by Tandy Electronics (Cat.
273-054). Don't use a 12V buzzer most will not operate reliably at 5V.
We built our End of File Indicator
into a commercial modem which
has a relatively large case but the
PCB is small enough to fit inside virtually any modem, including the
Avtek Multi-Modem and the
Beemodem. In our case, we
mounted the PCB inside the rear
panel and secured it using the
buzzer mounting screws. Flying
leads were then run from the PCB
to the switch, power supply and to
pin 10 of the AM7910.
~
'
GNU
Fig.3: parts layout and wiring for the
Veroboard version of the indicator.
Fig.4: here is actual size
reproduction of the printed
circuit artwork.
Close up view of tht! PCB version.
Note the orientation of the IC and the
two electrolytic capacitors.
FEBRUARY1988
47
The indicator is small enough to fit inside virtually any modem, including the Avtek Multi-Modem and the Beemodem.
The flying leads connect to the power supply, front panel switch, and pin 10 of the AM7910.
With some modems, it may be
easier to make these connections to
the underside of the board rather
than to the component side. If your
modem has a transmit (TXD) LED,
you can connect the base of Ql to
the LED cathode instead of to pin 10
of the modem chip.
The on/off toggle switch (S1} is
mounted on the front panel of the
modem.
The + 5V supply can be picked
up at pin 2 of the AM7910 or at the
output of the + 5V regulator in your
modem. Similarly, the ground connection can be obtained from the
ground terminal of the regulator.
Finally, the End of File Indicator
has no effect on the way in which
you use the ·modem. You simply
send data in the usual manner. All
you have to do is switch S1 on as
soon as data transmission begins so
that the circuit is activated.
't:
48
SILICON CHIP
A small toggle switch fitted to the front panel (top right) is the only external
change necessary. The circuit could also be built into a separate case.
WE GUARANTEE
YOU A STYLUS!
That's right: we guarantee to supply you with a stylus to suit your hi fi
turntable ... no matter what type, brand or model. As long as it is a modern (ie
microgroove) type we either have it in stock - or we'll get it for you WITHIN 3
DAYS!
We have almost 100 different stylii IN STOCK in all our stores. These stylii will suit
at least 95% of turntable types in use today. Each DSE store has a cross reference
manual to ensure you get the exact type to suit your turntable.
If it is a real "oddball", the store will order the stylus required from our suppliers,
who carry literally thousands of stylii types in stock. And they'll get it back for you
within three working days.
That's service: the DSE Stylus Service. Look for the special stylus display in every
Dick Smith Electronics store.
f3~~ · ~~~ ~~e)
~ IS YOUR TURNTABLE HERE? ~
r1 • •
Stylii to suit the following turntable brands
0
.
~.
~.'0
,
~
ADC ♦ AIWA ♦ AKG ♦ AKAi ♦ AUDIO EMPIRE ♦ AWA ♦
♦ AU DIO TECHNICA ♦ AUDIO REFLEX ♦ AZDEN ♦ BSR ♦ CDC ♦ CEC ♦
♦ COLUMBIA ♦ DENON ♦ COLLARO ♦ DUAL ♦ ELAC ♦ EXPO ♦
♦ EXCEL SOUND ♦ GENERAL ELECTRIC ♦ GARRARD ♦ GOLD RING ♦
♦ HANIMEX ♦ HITACHI ♦ HMV ♦ JVC ♦ JELCO ♦ JORGAN ♦ JICO ♦
♦ KRIESLER ♦ KENWOOD ♦ LENCO ♦ LINEAR DESIGN ♦ MARANTZ ♦
♦ MICRO ♦ MITSUBISHI ♦ NAGAOKA ♦ NATIONAL ♦ NEAT ♦ NIVICO ♦
♦ ONKYO ♦ ORTOFON ♦ OSAKA ♦ PHILIPS ♦ PICKERING ♦ PIEZO ♦
PYE
PIONEER
RAMBLER
RANK ARENA
REALISTIC
♦ RONETTE ♦ ROTEL ♦ SANSUI ♦ SANYO ♦ SEEBURG ♦ SHARP ♦
♦ SHERWOOD ♦ SHURE ♦ SILVER ♦ SONOTONE ♦ SONY ♦ STANTON ♦
♦ TANDY ♦ TEAC ♦ TECHNICS ♦ TECTRON ♦ TETRAD ♦ THORN ♦
~_0 ;
♦
♦
♦
TO~
♦
♦
♦
DICK0 SMITH
ELECTRONICS
PTY LTD
Also available through DSXpress
Toll Free (008) 22 6610
,
~
♦
v;;~~~t;~•;~~l~~~N
f•~~s;s~~;;A
;~~95!
49(tf~
~
~
t7
~~~6
How often should you change your stylus?
The stylus can make or break your record collection. A worn or damaged stylus will
tear the sides from the record track and can completely ruin a record with just one
play.
A diamond stylus can be expected to give around 200 to 300 hours of playing time.
This, of course, assumes the pick-up is correctly balanced, anti-skating is set
correctly, and so on.
200 hours for the normal user equates to approximately six months, so if you replace
your stylus every six months or so, your record collection will say "thanks!"
Needless to say, if the pick-up is dropped the stylus can be damaged, so you should
also change your stylus at the first sign of sound distortion, etc.
SOUTH
ELECTR
)))).
0-----------------•
money. But those of you who've
brought back a bomb from overseas
know how hard it is to get service,
much less warranty repairs.
John wanted to give everyone a
fair go; even passing tourists he'd
probably never see again. Although
we on government contracts were
I • •
assumed to be 24-hour-a-day
b employees, the rule was more
~ 0 _: honoured in the breach. So I spent
,!, I\,./ l five or six hours a week when off• 'O tl
duty, checking amps and cassette
decks and the like .
••
•
t>• ..
• I"""- ,.
What do the natives do when their
electronic organ fails? Call a serviceman
of course. But the serviceman can get
more than he bargained for.
By J.L. ELKHORNE
"How are you on organs?"
I looked bemusedly at the
telephone handset; I'd always
wondered what an obscene phone
call sounded like.
After a moment's pause, the
voice continued: ''Hello, hello, are
you there?"
There was silence for a second.
Then: "Joe, is that you?" Now I
recognised the voice. Not a phone
phreak after all, but a New Zealand
bloke who ran a big duty-free shop
on the South Pacific island where
we had lived for two years.
In addition to providing genuine
bargains for the tourists, he worked
50
SILICON CHIP
up a thriving trade with the indigenous population and the hundreds of contract workers that
were temporary strangers in
paradise. Unlike some of his
counterparts in the "civilised"
world, John insisted that every
piece of electronic gear be subject
to a real quality control test before
it was sold. One Japanese manufacturer averaged 40% failure rate
right out of the export cartons; their
quality assurance tags didn't mean
much!
Once the bugs were found (and
they were generally minor) the
equipment proved itself value for
The job
The telephone call I'd just received, on my day off, seemed to be an
intrusion into my plans for scubadiving. It was not an emergency
call, however; immediate action
was not necessary, but there was a
big problem. John had sold a large
organ to the villagers on an adjoining island. These industrious and
thrifty people had saved for seven
years to purchase an instrument
suitable for their church. It had
worked splendidly for the first few
weeks. Now, it seemed, there was
not a peep out of it.
A bit of service information had
come from the manufacturer, and I
had a fairly complete service kit
and test equipment. But, in itself,
getting to Manua (part of American
Samoa) was the hard part. A supply
boat made the trip once a week. It
had left yesterday. There were a
couple of flights by a Fokker
Islander; if the seats weren't filled
with passengers, excess cargo was
thrown in. More than once, a small
pig was admitted on board, even if
he didn't pay full fare.
John arranged that I should go to
the airport on Tuesday of the next
week. I was given the name of a
villager who would escort me, since
after the flight. there was still the
PACIFIC: 'IHE
OMC VERSION
little matter of an hour's drive to
the village itself - somewhere.
With eager anticipation, I arrived
at the airport as arranged. And
waited.
Long after the Fokker had climbed into the azure sky, I stood there.
I even tried to call my part-time
employer but the phones were out.
That wasn't unusual - if the
phones weren't dead, other public
services would likely be impaired
on our tropical paradise. The local
power operators frequently put a
generator on-line unphased - or
tried to.
Grumbling more than a little, I
drove to the duty-free shop. John
seemed surprised to see me. When I
told him that the villager had been a
no-show, he sent one of his lads out
to find the bloke. When they located
him, it took three days for him to
dry out. Getting over to the 'big
island' was quite a treat for him; it
happened so seldom he wanted to
make the most of it. Out from under
the eyes of the village elders and
the minister, our hero found the
native version wine, women and
song.
The flight
Several days after the first attempt, we managed to get underway. I'd never flown from our
island in a small airplane before. It
was different. The gusty crosswinds didn't seem to bother our
pilot. I glanced at the Rolls Royce
nameplate on the port engine for reassurance. I recalled that the last
flying accident here had been ari
aircraft stalling at the end of the
runway and dropping onto the reef.
But Snoopy powered us into the
sky and, in a few minutes, we levelled off a hove the ocean. The afternoon sun bored in through the
perspex windows; the drone of the
two engines lulled one into a
lethargic state. Surprise! One
minute a person saw, despite
drooping eyelids, the cobalt of the
Pacific. Then, all at once, a sheer
cliff of rocks and foliage soared up
to the belly of the Fokker. There
wasn't even time for one's life to
flash before his eyes!
My reaction must have given
quite some amusement to the other
passengers. They knew the airstrip
had been bulldozed off the side of
the mountain. The pilot simply took
off and reached his flight altitude.
He didn't even have to make a descent to land; he just took careful
aim, throttled down and hit the
binders.
The Fokker came to a shuddering
halt one metre from a wall of
jungle. We got out with some haste,
and a couple of husky fellows
helped the pilot turn the plane
around. My guide said, "There's
our people".
The Land Rover
I turned to see three natives leaning on a vintage Land Rover. We
picked up our parcels and went to
meet them. After lengthy introductions, our drive began. And went on
and on. It wouldn't have been
unpleasant - what with the lush
scenery - except for the fact that
the supports on the hardtop had
rusted and the passengers had to
hold the damned thing together.
It took some 45 minutes to make
the side trip to my escort's £ale
(village house). I couldn't exactly
understand the driver's parting
words to him, but I got the impression the poor fellow wouldn't be
getting off Manua for quite some
time thereafter.
Eventually, we arrived at the
village. The driver led me to the
village elders and ritual introductions were exchanged. One had to
move at their pace, of course; it was
no use being impatient to get
started with the job I had come for.
But these people were impatient,
too, to hear the majestic tones of
their expensive instrument.
-----------
SOR"R.'11 'BIGt-P\~S
f>A'1 FULL f'A"R.~ ••• - - - - -
~
r··.- . .
FEBRUARY1988
51
My surprise was indeed great
when I was led to a large open fale.
This is the classic structure of the
islands, of course. Why I should
have expected a conventional
church, I can't imagine. Inside, on
the woven grass mats - well away
from the open side walls - sat a
large bulky tarpaulin-wrapped object. To be sure, a fale has woven
curtains that can be controlled at
the sides, to keep out most of the
rain ... when someone remembers.
The tarp was used for added protection. It also ensured the containment of the wonderful 90% relative
humidity salt air. I dreaded what I
would see when this mummy was
unwrapped. Fortunately, it was not
too bad.
Someone found an extension
cord. Of course they had electricity
- US surplus military generators
have to go somewhere! I plugged
the instrument in and turned it on
gingerly. The power light came on. I
tried both manuals, the pedals,
several stops. Nothing.
At least I had been spared an intermittent fault. Or an instrument
that was three-quarters right but
with irregular voicing faults, or
some such. [Bear in mind that I had
never worked on a large organ
before but electrons is
electrons).
In a trice, I whipped the back off.
Previous study of the available service information had paid off. I had
a fair idea of the circuit flow - all I
needed initially was to find the
damned modules. Luckily, the
power supply was screwed to the
bottom of the console where it was
easy to get at and the plug-in preregulator lived next to it.
Begin at the beginning I told
myself. Yes, of course there is AC in
and DC out. No inordinate amount
of hum. On to the the pre-regulator
connector. Unregulated voltage in
and naught out. Eureka! On to the
circuit board. Hey, this is going
well. The circuit used discrete components - with the spares I carried, there would be no problem, I
reckoned.
I thought I must have shaken
something up when my trusty
analog meter told me that there was
good regulated voltage right
through the PCB to the edge connector. Walking around the organ, I
reached out and tapped a couple of
keys. Then my foot nudged a pedal.
Nothing at all. Curiouser and
curiouser.
Back at the back I picked a board
at random and looked for the supply
rail. No rail. I then used my meter
on the amps scale to bridge the
edge connector of the preregulator. Nothing blew up
Tt\\S l S "<OU~ ES~-C-: and I got ~ reasonable
> current readmg.
VJ \-\0 W \ \.-l- GU l'DE" '{ 0 U
Around to the front and
SA.i='E.L"f TO '{0\)~
a stroke on the keyboard
elicited a nice full note 'DE.STH,JP\T IOl'J, o,
and an "Ahhh!" from the
\ '\
onlookers. Every time I
~\~~ ~~
looked up, I saw more peo~
C ~~~~;>
ple. By the time repairs
<at> ,;::;;; •.
. . ~-::;,_were completed, virtually
· • lj
~
the whole village was
-=watching.
~
Cutting the power
o
and pulling the preregulator, I saw the
signs of corrosion on
the contacts. A
minute's work with a
typing eraser and
52
SILICON CHIP
aerosol spray solved the problem
that had brought me on my adventure. Not that it had ended. I
powered up and checked several
things in the works. I tested stops
and all keys and pedals. Everything
seemed "go" so I buttoned it up.
The music
I went to the head man and told
him it was finished. "No!" he
responded. A short conference with
the driver as translator indicated
that while it made sounds, it hadn't
made music. "You know about the
organ, so play it," the head man
was saying.
"I know about the organ to fix
it," I told him.
The elder fixed me with a steely
gaze and mumbled something to the
driver who mumbled and said, "We
must have some music before the
chief is satisfied". Fortunately,
many years before, I had studied
piano [thanks Mum), even into
university. Though a habit of playing jazz put paid to a glorious
career in the concert halls, a
knowledge of music certainly seemed worthwhile at the present
moment.
"Unfortunately, I don't think I
know any hymns," I said, glancing
at the band of people around me.
The driver conveyed this to the
chief, who shrugged and muttered a
terse reply.
"Is not Sunday," the driver
translated.
I'm not sure if any of those people
ever had heard of Fats Waller but
they sure seemed to enjoy "Ain't
Misbehavin"' and other of his
classics. Every time I stopped playing, someone said, "More!"
Well, if I could get away with
Waller, a bit of Jelly Roll Morton
never harmed anyone. Next followed Cole Porter and it still wasn't
enough. I switched tactics. A bit of
my formal training came to the
rescue and a free-form version of
J.S. Bach's "Toccata and Fugue in
D Minor" nearly took the thatched
roof of the £ale. Phantom of the
Opera, eat your heart out!
When the last note died away, I
raised my hands from the keyboard
and dusted them symbolically.
"Uma lava pisupo," I stated. Which
continued on page 65
This project will sense a door opening in
a large or small room and will sound a
two-tone chime.
By LEO SIMPSON & JOHN CLARKE
While the most obvious application of this project would be as a
door monitor for shop keepers, it
could have applications in offices,
workshops, doctors' and dentists'
waiting rooms, child-minding centres and in the home. It could also
be used as a sensor in a burglar
alarm.
In the past, the classic ways to
detect the opening of a door have
been either to use a microswitch
mounted on the doorway or to use a
light beam relay circuit. The latter
method has the advantage that it
does not have to be attached to the
door and it can be made to work
with any type of door, hinged or
sliding. The disadvantage is that it
must be near the doorway or an adjacent passageway and it must be
carefully set up in the first place, to
work correctly.
The Door Minder presented here
can be placed anywhere in the
room; it does not have to be
anywhere near the doorway. It can
even be placed in an adjoining
room.
The prototype Door Minder was built
into a small plastic case. It can be
placed anywhere in the room.
How does it work?
When a door is closed it can be
regarded as a very large piston in a
close-fitting rectangular cylinder.
When you push a door open you
cause quite a large momentary increase in pressure in the adjoining
room. The Door Minder senses this
increase in pressure and sounds a
two tone chime.
The Minder can be used on either
side of a door because it also senses
a momentary drop in pressure. So it
works equally well with inward-
opening or outward opening doors.
Nor does the room need to be tightly
sealed. Windows can be open, provided they are not really large.
Because it senses pressure, the
Minder can be placed anywhere in
the room. It work will work in very
large rooms too, up to several hundred square metres (say 2000 sq ft
or more).
In our offices at SILICON CHIP we
have three adjoining rooms. Open-
I----
+8V
PLUG-PACK
+
47
470P.
FROM
9V-12V, 300mA
25VWI
0.1
T
330k
2200
330
16VW
IC2
SAB0602
ELECTRET
MICROPHONE
4
+
0.33+
8
0.1
'7r1
8(!
~SPEAKER
33k
DOOR MINDER
SC032-0188
Fig.1: the circuit uses a microphone, a bandpass filter stage (ICla), a comparator (IClb) and a two-tone chime (IC2).
FEBRUA RY1988
53
ing the door to the first room will
trigger the Door Minder in the third
room, even with the windows open.
It is highly effective and does not
respond to wind or to loud noises.
What is the pressure
sensor?
Possibly some of our readers are
thinking that we have used a fancy
expensive pressure sensor for this
project but they are wrong. The
pressure sensor is nothing more
than a cheap electret microphone
insert which can be bought for a
couple of dollars. Isn't that ingenious? We think it is.
The electret microphone is used
with an amplifier circuit which only
responds to extremely low frequencies. It does not respond to audible
sounds at all. The amplifier is used
to trigger a special integrated circuit which produces the chime
sounds. And that is virtually all
there is to it.
Unlike light beam relays, the circuit uses very little power and
could, if you wished, be run from
batteries.
The circuit
The circuitry for the Door
Minder comprises the electret
microphone insert, a small
loudspeaker, two integrated circuits, a 3-terminal regulator and a
few resistors , capacitors and
diodes. It is powered from a 12V DC
plugpack.
To describe how the circuit
works, let us start right at the
beginning, at the electret insert.
This contains an internal field ·effect transistor {FET) which is connected as a source follower. Bias
for the internal FET is provided by
the 4.7kn trimpot which does
double-duty as a sensitivity control.
With the wiper adjusted up to the
+ 8V supply rail, no signal is fed to
the following circuitry; with the
wiper adjusted at the extreme opposite setting, maximum signal is
fed to the following circuitry.
ICl is a dual op amp. ICla is connected as a narrow bandpass filter
stage with a gain of about 80. It
responds to frequencies within the
range of about 0.5Hz to 3Hz. What
this means is that the amplifier will
respond only to brief positive or
54
SrLICON CHIP
~
+
9V-12V, 300mA
PLUG-PACK
811
SPEAKER
Fig.2: install the parts on the PCB as shown here. Power for the
circuit is supplied via an external plugpack transformer.
negative decreases in pressure, as
sensed by the electret.
Note that the non-inverting input
{indicated with a + sign) of ICla is
set at + 3.3V by the 47kn and 33kn
resistors. A lµF capacitor decouples this input from the supply.
This sets the output of ICla to
+ 3.3V too, which is important as
far as the following circuitry is
concerned.
ICl b is connected as a comparator. Its inverting input {indicated with a - sign) is held at
+ 3.6V due to the 330kn and 270kn
resistors forming a voltage divider
across the 8V supply. The noninverting input is held at 3.0V with
the 300kn and 180kn resistors.
The output of ICla is connected
to the two inputs of ICl b by diodes
Dl and D2. Under quiescent conditions neither of the diodes conduct
since the voltage across each is only 0.3V.
Note that the voltage at the inverting input is higher than the noninverting input by 0.6V and so the
output of IClb is low.
When the output of ICla swings
high, diode D2 conducts and brings
the non-inverting input of IClb
higher than the inverting input and
so the output of IC1 b goes high.
Similarly, when ICla's output swings low, D1 conducts and pulls the
inverting input lower than the noninverting input and the output of
IC1 b again goes high.
Each time the output of IC1 b goes
high, it triggers the two-tone chime
IC, the SAB0602. This produces a
rich, heavily modulated chime
sound which is attention-arousing
without being too obtrusive.
The output from IClb is divided
using a 1okn and 2.7kn resistor
divider before being applied to the
input of IC2. This is necessary
because when the output of IC1 b is
PARTS LIST
1 9VDC or 1 2VDC plugpack
1 PCB, code SC03-2-188, 87
x 58mm
1 plastic utility case, 1 30 x 6 7
x 41mm
1 57mm an loudspeaker
1 electret microphone insert
1 1 OµF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 1µF 1 6VW RBLL or tantalum
electrolytic
1 1µF 1 6VW PC electrolytic
1 0 .33µF metallised polyester
2 0. 1µF metallised polyester
1 .0068µF metallised polyester
Semiconductors
1 TL082, TL072 dual op amp
1 SAB0602 two tone chime
ringer
1 7805 3-terminal regulator
2 1 N4148, 1 N914 diodes
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
1 x 3 .9M!l, 1 x 330k~, 1 x
3ookn 1 %, 1 x 270kn , 1 x
180kn, 2 x 4 7kn, 2 x 33kn, 1 x
10kn, 1 x2 .7kn, 1 x470n, 1 x
2200, 1 x 4. 7k0 miniature vertical trimpot.
Capacitors
1 330µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 47µF 25VW PC electrolytic
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, solder, etc
Construction
'
View inside the case. The PCB clips into slots in the side of the case while the
loudspeaker is secured using small clamps.
low, it sits at about + 1.5V or so,
which is not low enough to prevent
continual triggering of IC2. Hence,
the voltage divider which fixes the
problem.
IC2 drives an 811 loudspeaker via
a 330µ,F capacitor. The 0.1µ,F
capacitor and 33k11 resistor set the
operating frequency of the chime
tone, while at the output, a 0.33µ,F
capacitor provides a degree of high
frequency filtering.
As mentioned above, power for
the circuit is provided by a 9V or
12V DC (nominal) plugpack. This is
fed to 7805 3-terminal regulator
which has its output set to about
+ 8V by the associated 47011 and
22011 resistors. This setting was used to satisfy the supply voltage requirement of between 7V and 11 V
DC for the SAB0602 chime IC.
L
_J
0
--,
0
Fig.3: the PC artwork is reproduced here actual size.
r
All the components, with the exception of the loudspeaker, are
mounted on a printed circuit board
measuring 87 x 58mm and coded
SC03-2-188.
No special procedure needs to be
followed when assembling the
board apart from ensuring that tlll
the polarised components such as
the diodes, electrolytic capacitors
and ICs are wired in the right way
around. This is shown on the component layout diagram.
Most electret microphone inserts
do not have their leads labelled but
most tend to be sold with specs
showing how they are connected.
Make sure you obtain this info
when purchasing.
The 3-terminal regulator is laid
flat on the PCB and the tab held
down with a wire lug soldered to
the board. When installed flush on
the bottom of the case, there is adequate clearance between the components and the speaker magnet.
The loudspeaker can be mounted
onto the front panel using an expoxy adhesive or small clamps and
screws. We used the latter. Before
doing that though, you need to drill
holes in the lid to let the sound out.
You also need to drill two holes in
the case itself - one for the
twinlead from the DC plugpack and
the other to allow changes in
pressure to be sensed by the
electret.
Setting up
This is easy. Apply power and
measure the voltage oh the output
pin of the 7805 regulator. It should
be close to + 8V. Check that the
same voltage appears at pin 8 of
ICl and pin 2 of IC2. Now check the
voltage as pins 1, 3, 5 and 6 of ICl.
They should be close to the values
nominated on the circuit.
Now set the trimpot to about half
setting and open a door. The chime
should sound. Place the Minder
where convenient and that's all
there is to it.
Incidentally , the Siemens
SAB0602 is very similar to the
SAB0600 which is a three-tone
chime IC. The latter is already
available from a number of kitset
suppliers and could be substituted
if the SAB0602 is temporarily
unavailable.
~
FEBRUARY1988
55
·1--------------------------------Low ohms tester
for digital
multimeters
1
Want to accurately measure low value
resistors down to 0.010? This simple
adaptor circuit will do the job. It plugs
directly into your digital multimeter.
By JOHN CLARKE
Most digital multimeters can accurately measure resistance values
down to only about five ohms.
Below that figure, you quickly run
into resolution problems and you
get nonsense readings.
There are many situations where
accurate low resistance measurements are necessary. These include
checking meter shunts, designing
loudspeaker crossover networks
and amplifier output stages, servic56
SILICON CHIP
ing power supplies and, indeed, servicing any circuitry where low
value resistors are used.
Normally, when measuring a
o.rn resistance on a 3-1/2 digit
multimeter by itself, you would
have to switch to the 2000 range
and the reading would be O. rn ± 1
digit. In other words, the resolution
of the multimeter would limit the
accuracy of the measurement to
± 100% which is ridiculous.
Similarly, if you measure a 10
resistor on the 2000 range of a
DMM, the best you can expect is a
reading of 1.00 ± ldigit; ie, best accuracy is ± 10%. So the meter
resolution drastically reduces the
accuracy of the measurement even
though most DMMs are accuracte
to within ± 1 % when measuring
values at the top of their respective
ranges.
This Low Ohms Tester overcomes the limitations of conventional analog and digital multimeters. It plugs straight into the terminals of your DMM (digital
multimeter) and can accurately
measure resistance values from
lkO down to a.am. Below this
figure, errors start to become
significant due to contact resistance in the test terminals and connecting wires.
At the other end of the scale,
readings above lkO lose accuracy
due to limitations in the constant
current source used in the circuit.
In any case, digital multimeters by
themselves are more than adequate
to accurately measure resistance
values above 1000 or more.
All the circuitry for the Low
Ohms Tester is housed in a small
plastic case. On the front panel are
two binding post terminals to which
the resistor to be measured is connected. There is also a rotary
4-position range switch (xl, xlO,
xlOO, xlOOO) and a pushbutton test
switch.
Two banana plugs protrude from
the rear of the case at the correct
spacing to allow the Low Ohms
Tester to plug into virtually any
digital multimeter made. The plug
spacing, by the way, is 19mm (or
PARTS LIST
TEST
_a,
1
VR1
1k
+
16VW+
-4_,-+-~
T
16VWI
9V:
..,.
220pF
.J-
i
OFFSET
ADJUST
VRJ
100k
S2b
.,.
10k
1%
.,.
~"
S2 : 1 : xl
2 : ,10
3 : ,100
4 : ,1000
1001!
1%
LOW OHMS TESTER
SC4-1-288
Fig.1: the circuit consists of a 5V regulator (78L05), a constant current source
(D1, D2 and Ql), and an op amp gain stage (ICl).
1 PCB, code SC4-1-388 , 61 x
95mm
1 front panel artwork, 125 x
63mm
1 plastic case, 130 x 68 x
43mm (Jaycar HB-6013 ,
Altronics H-0203)
2 banana plugs
2 binding post terminals
1 3-pole 4-position rotary
switch
1 momentary pushbutton switch
1 9V battery, Eveready 21 5 or
equivalent
1 9V battery clip
1 small knob
Semiconductors
1 CA3130 op amp
1 78L05 low power 5V
regulator
1 BC559 PNP transistor
2 1 N4148 , 1 N914 s ilicon
diodes
Capacitors
1 4 .7 µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 1µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 220pF polystyrene capacitor
Resistors
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 OkO 0.25W 1 %
1 kO 0.25W 5%
1000 0.25W 1 %
1 OOkO multiturn trimpot
1 kO multiturn trimpot
1 000 multiturn trimpot
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, solder, tinned copper wire (for wire links), doublesided tape , plastic foam .
TO METER
Fig.2: wiring details for the PCB. Trim the switch shaft to a length of 10mm
before soldering it to the board and don't forget the two wire links.
more precisely, 3/4-inch) between
plug centres.
The output from the Low Ohms
Tester is a voltage which is directly
proportional to the resistance being
measured. In practice, the unit is
calibrated so that H2 gives an output of lmV x Range. For example,
on the x 1000 range, H2 is
equivalent to 1mV x 1000 = 1V. On
the xlO range, rn is equivalent to
lOmV, and so on.
How it works
The circuit consists of a 5V
regulator, a constant current
source (Dl, D2 and Ql), and an op
amp gain stage (I Cl).
Power for the circuit is provided
by a 9V battery which is regulated
to + 5V by the 3-terminal regulator.
This provides a stable supply for
the constant current source and the
op amp. Test switch S1 simply switches the supply to the circuit so that
current is drawn from the battery
only while a measurement is being
made.
Dl, D2, Ql and the lkO resistor
make up the constant current
source. Ql is really an emitter
follower. It reproduces the voltage
fed to its base at its emitter less its
0.6V base-emitter voltage drop.
Series diodes Dl and D2 set the
base of Ql to a constant 1.2V below
the + 5V supply line. This means
that the emitter of Ql is always
0.6V below the + 5V line. The lkO
resistor sets the current through
the diodes to 5mA.
The resulting 0.6V across either
VRl or VR2, as selected by S2a,
sets the current through Ql and the
test resistor Rx. When VRl is
selected, the test current is lmA;
when VR2 is selected, the test current is lOmA.
FEBRU ARY1988
57
The PCB should only take you a few minutes to assemble,
and clips directly into the plastic case. Note the location
of the two jacks on the rear panel.
On the lower two ranges (xl and
xlO), the voltage across Rx is applied directly to the DMM terminals. On the upper two ranges,
the op amp gain stage (ICl) is switched into circuit and the DMM
measures the voltage between the
op amp output (pin 6) and the test
resistor Rx.
ICl is connected as a noninverting op amp stage with a fixed
gain of 1 + lOkn/1000 = 101.
Because we want a gain of
precisely 100, we measure the
voltage between the output of the
op amp and the voltage across Rx.
Thus, when S2 is in position 3,
the current set by the constant current source is lmA and so the
multiplying factor for Rx is xlO0.
+
r·
Rx
L.
, ,,,.,.J-fJWJ.'
When S2 is in position 4, the current is lOmA and the multiplying
factor is 100 x 10 = 1000.
VR3 adjusts the offset of the op
amp so that, with no voltage across
Rx, (ie, with the measurement terminals short circuited) the output is
zero.
Construction
Assembly of the unit is a snack.
Most of the parts, including the
rotary switch, are mounted a small
PC board (code SC4-1-388, 61 x
95mm). The board clips into a
plastic project box with a plastic lid
(Jaycar HB-6013 or Altronics
H-0203).
Begin construction by installing
all the parts on the PCB as shown in
Fig.2. Make sure that you don't confuse the transistor and the low
power 3-terminal regulator, as they
come in identical packages. Check
the orientation of the IC before
soldering it into circuit. The notched end, adjacent to pin 1, goes
towards the centre of the board.
Similarly, watch the orientation
of the diodes, electrolytic capacitors, transistor and 3-terminal
regulator. Trim the switch shaft to
a length of 10mm before soldering
the switch directly to the PCB. Don't
forget the two wire links.
You can now affix the front panel
label to the case and drill mounting
holes for the test terminals and
switches. Ream the holes to size,
then mount the terminals and test
+
x10 x100
x1
\ /
x1000
'
•
/
H2 = 1mV x RANGE
•
TEST
LOW OHMS METER
Fig.3: this artwork can be used as a drilling template for the front panel.
-1-
ta
--,-
~~
~
2mA scale. Set switch S2 to the xl
position and adjust VR1 for a
reading of lmA. This done, set your
DMM to the DC 20mA scale, set S2
to the x10 position and adjust VR2
for a reading of 10mA.
Calibration can now be completed by adjusting the offset
voltage. To do this, disconnect the
meter and set it to the DC 200m V
range. This done, set S2 to the xlOO
position, short the Rx terminals
with the shortest possible length of
tinned copper wire and plug the
banana plugs of the Tester into the
COM and vm terminals of your
DMM. Adjust VR3 for an initial
reading just above OmV, then adjust
back for a reading of exactly Orn V
on the DMM.
~~
~:...t-
Fig.4: actual-size etching pattern for the PC board.
Final assembly
switch and wire them to the PCB.
The next step is to trim the
plastic shrouds of the two banana
plugs to a length of 13mm. The
plugs can now be mounted on the
lid of the case, adjacent to one edge
(see photo). The leads from the
plugs are wired directly to the copper pads on the back of the board.
Finally, solder the battery con- ·
nectar leads to the board and clip
on the 9V battery. The unit is now
ready for calibration.
Calibration
Apply power by pressing S1 and
check that there is + 5V at the output of the regulator and about 3.8V
across the lkO resistor in series
with the Dl and D2.
Now connect your DMM across
the Rx terminals and set it to the DC
You can now clip the PCB into the
plastic case and secure the rotary
switch to the front panel. After
that, it's simply a matter of covering the copper tracks of the PCB
with a layer of plastic foam , securing the battery to the inside of the
lid with a piece of double-sided
tape, and screwing down the lid.
Your Low Ohms Tester is now
completed and ready for work. ~
issues?
Issue Highlights
November 1 98 7: Car Stereo
in Your Home; 1 GHz
Frequency Meter; Capacitance
Adaptor for DMMs; Off-hook
Indicator for Phones .
Please send me a back issue for
D November 1987 D December 1987 D January 1988
Enclosed is my cheque or money order for $ ....... . or please debit my
D Bankcard
D Visa
Name ... ...... ... ._ ................ .. ... ..... ....... ... .... ..... ...... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... .
Address .... .... ... .... .. ......... ... .... ... ..... ........ ... .. .. .. ... .. ..... .. .......... ... ... . .
Suburb/town ..... ...... .... ........ ...... .. .... .... ... ..... ..... Postcode .... ........... .
Card No .. .. ....... ......... ...... ...... ..... ... .... .. .. ... .. ... ......... ....... .. ...... .... ... .
Signature .. .... .. ...... .. ....... .. ..... .... ..... .. Card expiry date .. .... ./ .. .. .. ./.... ...
L __________
_____________
December 1987: 100W PmNer
Amplifier Module; Passive
Infrared Sensor for Burglar
Alarms; Universal Speed
Control and Lamp Dimmer;
24V to 12V DC Converter.
I
I
I
!
!
I
January 1 988: 4-bay Bowtie
UHF Antenna; Dual Tracking
Power Supply; Custom Phone
Ringer; Subcarrier Adapator
for FM tuners.
Price: $5.00 each (incl. p&p).
Fill out the coupon at left (or a
photostat copy) and send it
I
to:
S1ucoN CHIP. PO Box 139,
Collaroy
Beach,
2097.
1_ _ _ _ _
___
___
__
I
~
FEBRUARY 1988
59
His Master's Voice
ae-
IT HAS 1t>
SOME11\lNG
One of the side effects of TV servicing is the
opportunity - albeit enforced - to study a wide
variety of customer's personalities. While most
customers are fairly easy-going and philosophical
about an equipment failure, there is a small
percentage who exhibit a variety of strange - and
sometimes irritating - quirks.
While these idiosyncrasies cover
a wide range, there are a few that
can be fairly well categorised. For
example, there is the silent type;
the customer who is completely
unable or unwilling to provide any
information whatsoever - particularly over the phone - concerning the symptoms, any relevant
history, or even the model of device
involved. One is lucky to get the
maker's name. Their philosophy is:
"It's stopped - you fix it".
Then we have the exact opposite;
the loquacious type who insists on
providing every tiny - and usually
irrelevant - detail surrounding the
failure. They will have noted the exact time, the progam that was running, and the details of the drama being unfolded on the screen, including pistol shots, body blows,
and car crashes. Why they believe
such information is important I
can't imagine, but at least they tend
to be amenable to answering
questions.
Another one is what I call the
pessimistic type. Whenever a fault
blacks out the screen he
automatically assumes - indeed
insists - that the picture tube has
failed. Not only that, but he often
positively resents any attempt on
the part of the serviceman to discount this possibility. It seems to be
an obsession amounting almost to a
death wish.
This type has his opposite also,
although I think that the motivation
is easier to understand. He insists
60
SILICON CHIP
that " .. .it has to be something simple". Various reasons can be offered for this assumption, ranging
from the fact that the set has only
recently been serviced, to observations that it ran for only a few
seconds after switch-on or, conversely, it ran for several hours
before it failed. Unfortunately, I
have never been able to see the
relevance of any of these two
points.
But I have no doubt that, basically, this is a type of wishful thinking;
if it is a simple fault, it won't cost
much. More than that I suspect that
it is a way of putting pressure on
the serviceman; they hope to bluff
him into believing that they know it
is only a simple fault and that
therefore a large bill is inappropriate.
Some carry the idea a stage further by nominating the faulty component and insisting that this, and
only this, is what needs to be
changed.
Which brings me to Bill, because
Bill is just such a character. Bill
Special Notice
These notes are being contributed by the author who, from
1950 until July last year, wrote
"The Serviceman" in another
magazine. We feel sure that
regular readers of that series will
welcome the opportunity to continue following his adventures in
SILICON CHIP.
5\MPL-E:
J>
TlE
O PT'tN\\ s 'T
lives not far from my shop and I
have known him at a casual level
for many years. Now Bill is a nice
enough bloke in most respects very kind to his mother and all that
- but he can be a bit of a nuisance
when a service job is involved.
Basically, the problem seems to be
that he attaches more significance
to our acquaintanceship than is
really justified; at least from where
I stand.
One of his nasty habits is to ring
me up immediately, either at the
shop or at my home, whenever his
TV set fails. This can be at 5.30 in
the morning or 10.30 at night. But
the real irony of this situation is
that, when he does ring, he always
insists that the problem is not
urgent, pointing out that he has
another set!
If you're wondering where all
this is heading, the answer is simple; this month's story is about Bill's
set and the merry dance it led me
I
I
lI <at>f]
- ·~
~
I
FIRS
1007
DC-
\
0101
REGULATOR BZXBXIVS
RVIOl~t--±::-:11..
I
I
I.__,,A ~/"I1,.._~ ~~r
I
RIOS
IKB
IV
P/SMB
RI002
3R8 7W
BAYaf~4tN4148
- I V Z ' - - - - - + - - - 4 -.....
-~_._--------~r-.,,:;;';;;_..,--+..J
RIOS
n ~n
47
CI07
- ·- -·
0047
P/ SM3
FSIOI
P/ SMS
cm c122
Cl20
HO
UOZ
ll07
400U
j
RIIO
IMO
17¥1
-1v,
LI L--Si
i
~~~:
4W
t VIN.TAGES MARKED t Ill MEASURED WAT. ,w 101
All WAVEFORMS ON , .c.1.1
102
./1 -
0
' - - - - · - - - · - - - ·- - - · - - - ~
-
_33V
Amox1MATUY 20KHZ
I
I
~
· - - - · - - - - ~- ~
There's not much to the chopper power supply of the HMV C221 but there's quite enough to give plenty of trouble.
over a period of some 12 months.
This was not helped by Bill looking
over my shoulder and telling me
what he was convinced needed to
be done.
The set in question is an HMV
model C221, the second-generation
colour set made by HMV in
Australia. The C221 is fairly old
now but there are plenty of them
about and, by and large, they have
proved to be very reliable.
In fact, Bill's set had given very
little trouble until about 12 months
ago, when Bill called me at home at
some inconvenient time one evening
tO report that the set had failed, adding the first of many similar
remarks that I was to hear over the
next 12 months: "It's got to be
something simple".
It's the switch
Because Bill lives so close to the
shop I elected to call on him at the
first convenient time next day. He
was· still insisting that it had to be
something simple, but had now added his own diagnosis. "I reckon it's
the switch. Change that and I
reckon it'll fix it," he declared.
I didn't enquire as to the basis of
his diagnosis but I gained the im-
pression that it was along the line
that, since nothing happened when
the switch was activated, the
switch must be at fault. In fact the
set was completely dead and it was
not unreasonable to suspect the
power supply, which is a fairly
standard arrangement with a
bridge rectifier fed directly from
the mains and delivering · about
300V to a switchmode system.
To placate Bill, I checked the output of the bridge rectifier, which is
quite readily accessible. It was
delivering its rated voltage, which
immediately cleared not only the
switch, but the rectifier, a couple of
RF chokes, a couple of fuses, and
sundry minor components. I even
went so far as to point this out to
Bill, but it didn't seem to register.
With the system cleared thus far,
it was time to remove the cover
from the switchmode section and
delve a bit deeper. When these
power supplies fail, it is usually
because the chopper transistor,
TR103 (BU326A), has broken down.
When it does, it usually takes out
the 2-amp fuse (FS101) and usually
the regulating thyristor, TR102
(BR203).
So I looked first at the fuse, ex-
pecting it to be a blackened mass.
But it wasn't and the meter confirmed that voltage was being applied to the collector of the chopper
transistor. So where to from here?
There were a whole host of components in this section, any one of
which could shut the system down
if it failed, so it was largely a matter of trying to pick the most likely
culprit.
I decided to check the three solid
state devices first, commencing
with the chopper transistor, mainly
because it's easy to remove. And
would you believe it, I picked it in
one? A check with the multimeter
indicated that the base-emitter
junction appeared to be intact but
the collector-base junction was
open-circuit. This was something I
hadn't expected because, as I intimated earlier, the usual failure of
this device is a breakdown.
Anyway, I had a spare device in
the van and it took only a few
moments to fix it. And of course,
that was it; the set came good immediately and Bill expressed his
delight, even though I had effectively disproved his diagnosis. He was
strangely quiet about that as we
settled up.
FEBR UA RY1988
61
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
IT'S STOFf'EO
\SN"f'
\i...
~
Y' orta change the switch
Naturally, I hoped that would be
the end of Bill and his C221. But it
was not to be. All went well for
about three months, then Bill was
on the phone again at some inconvenient hour, complaining that.the set
had stopped again. Again he was
adamant; "I reckon it's the switch.
Y'orta change the switch".
So once again it was into Bill's
lounge room and into the works of
the set. As before, the set was completely dead, with all the indications that the power supply was out
of action. I went through the same
routine as before; voltage across
the bridge, fuse obviously intact,
voltage at the chopper collector,
but no switching action.
All this time Bill was muttering
away in the background about the
switch and I was feeling heartily
fed up with his domineering manner. I happened to glance at the
manufacturer's logo and mentally
translated the "HMV" into "His
Master's Voice" and, as I did so,
realised that this expression had a
much more significant meaning
here than its creator had ever intended. From now on, Bill would be
nicknamed "His Master's Voice".
For the second time I pulled out
62
SILICON CHIP
if!l't'""•
the chopper transistor and checked
it. But it wasn't going to be that
easy; this time it was OK. Then I
remembered a nasty fault I had encountered many years ago in this
set's predecessor, the C211. A lt.tF
capacitor, C104, in the thyristor circuit, had a nasty habit of dropping
its value and, when it did, the
system simply would not work.
In fact, the CZ 11 had a lot of
capacitor faults, mainly involving
low value Japanese electrolytics,
which were very prone to
premature drying out. When the
C221 appeared it was significant
that these had been replaced by
European types. These proved so
reliable that I cannot recall ever
having to replace one. Nevertheless, there could always be a
first time so I pulled C104 out and
checked it. It came up spot on value
and I discarded that theory.
The other two active devices,
TR101 and TR102, are fairly easily
checked in situ, at least for any
catastrophic failures, and these
were both cleared. So what now?
Again I was reminded of the C211,
which had a nasty reputation, at
least in early production runs, of
dry joints in its version of this
board. This was a problem which
was overcome with the advent of
the C221, but again there could be a
first time.
I pulled the board out and, armed
with the jeweller's loupe, began a
detailed examination of the copper
side. It wasn't the best environment
for such an examination. It was late
in the afternoon and the lighting in
Bill's lounge room, both natural and
artificial, left much to be desired.
Nevertheless, I did find a dry joint.
It involved a 750, 10W resistor,
Rl 14, one of several high wattage
resistors on this board. These are
IRC wirewound resistors enclosed
is a square section ceramic case,
about 4.5cm long, and which normally run at a fairly high
temperature at their maximum
rating. A further refinement is that,
in this set, they are fitted with a
three-legged metal frame which
supports them vertically, with the
bottom of the resistor case about
2cm above the board.
The lower pigtail goes straight
down through the board, while the
upper one is bent through 180°, lies
along the side of the resistor, and is
spot welded to the metal frame.
Lugs on the metal frame pass
through holes in the board and
make contact with the copper pattern. It is a very effective arrangement, supporting the resistor clear
of the board and other heatsensitive components and also
assisting the flow of air around it.
And, significantly, I cannot recall
any of these resistors ever having
failed.
Nor was there anything wrong
with the resistor in this case, just
the dry joint on the board which
was quickly fixed. And away went
the set again, effectively silencing
the mutterings about the switch.
Again I hoped that that would be
the end of the matter.
It's gotta be the switch
No such luck. Another three or
four months went by then the phone
rang early one morning and, with a
sinking heart, I recognised His
Master's Voice. The set had stopped again and he was convinced it
was the switch! I didn't argue; I
simply told him I would be around
later in the day.
Not to labour the point, I found
the situation exactly as before;
voltage on the chopper transistor,
all active components cleared, but
no switching action. Of course, it
could have been a failed component
anywhere and I was conditioning
myself to a component by component check. But I was also thinking
again of dry joints. I had already
found one and there could possibly
be more that I had missed.
So I pulled the board out and
went over it again. I found a couple
of joints which were suspect and resoldered them without any great
conviction. Then I put the board
back and switched on. The set came
good, but with one qualification; I
felt sure that there was a small
delay after switch-on before the set
leapt into action. Sure enough, it
ran for about half a minute then
stopped. And no amount of prodding or bashing would start it
again.
So I had an intermittent and, in
view of what I had already found, I
knew I had to rule out the possibility of more dry joints before I looked
further. I also decided that Bill's
lounge room with its limited lighting
was no place for the job. It needed
the good lighting I had on my
workbench, plus some peace and
quiet away from His Master's
Voice.
Since I didn't fancy carting the
whole set back to the shop I simply
pulled the board out and took it
with me. And when I finally set it up
under R good light I was shocked at
the number of faulty or highly
suspect joints I found. So much so
that I stopped looking after a while,
A faulty spot weld on the frame of this wirewound resistor gave no trouble
for 10 years and then played merry hell.
and simply reached for the iron and
went right over the board, remaking every joint.
Unfortunately, I had no way of
checking what I had done, since I
had no similar set in the workshop.
So, at the first opportunity, it was
back to the set where I plugged the
board in and switched on. Need I
spell it out? The set was just dead
as it had ever been.
Bill wasn't impressed. "I reckon
it's the switch, y'know. Orta change
that switch".
"Yes Bill!" It was all I could trust
myself to say.
I decided the best thing to do was
to bring the whole set back to the
workshop where I could really get
to grips with it, and where I could
work in peace until I was convinced
that the fault had been found and
fixed. So, back at the shop, I pulled
the board out and went over the
copper side again in case I had
C.'MON, UE: H€,..
GIVEM£ ;J""OST
A L11TL£ CLU£ ...
WHA"r HAPP&A>ED?
~
~~
..
··. ~
~
missed anything. I found nothing, so
I turned my attention to the component side.
The truth is I wasn't quite sure
what to try next and was simply
looking at the board hoping for inspiration. And suddenly there was
the culprit. It was another one of
those vertically mounted IRC
resistors, R112, an 8.20 5W unit.
More specifically it was the lead
from the top of the resistor and its
connection to the metal frame.
The frame is made with a small
tongue punched out of the body,
under which the pigtail is placed,
the tongue pressed down and the
junction spot welded. Only in this
case the pigtail had simply been
pushed under the tongue and left at
that. The tongue had never been
pressed down and there was certainly no sign that a spot welder
had ever been anywhere near it.
The wonder, of course, is not that
it had failed but that it had worked
for 10 years or more before it did
so. I pulled out the whole unit,
cleaned and tinned the pigtail, did
the same to the tongue and surrounding metal frame, secured the
pigtail properly under the tongue,
then finished it off with a generous
blob of solder. The set sprang into
life immediately I switched it on,
and I had no doubt that I had finally
fixed it.
I gained the impression that Bill
wasn't so sure when I returned the
set and tried to explain to him.what
I had found. But that was many
months ago and I have not heard
from him since. I'm sure I will if all
is not well, so I'm keeping my
fingers crossed.
A weird National
My next story concerns a rather
weird set of symptoms as displayed
by a National colour TV set, model
FEBRUARY 1988
63
TC2004. And, if there is anything to
be learned from it, it is probably
that one should never judge the
complexity of a fault by the symptoms; an apparently straightforward fault can turn out to have the
most complex and obscure cause,
while a complex combination of apparently unrelated faults can
sometimes have a quite simple
cause - though not necessarily one
which is easy to find.
The story started with a phone
call from the owner who complained that he had no picture. I tried to
determine whether there was a
raster on the screen, and whether
there was any sound. I didn't learn
much. Apparently there was some
sound but it was "kinda funny",
while the description of the screen
was that there was a bright band in
the middle and a wide black band
top and bottom.
Well, it didn't sound like a set of
symptoms I would like to tackle in
the lounge room, so I suggested it
would be better, and a bit cheaper
for him, if he could bring the set in.
And so the set duly landed on my
counter. I plugged it in and turned it
on while the owner was still there,
just in case there were any points to
be clarified.
In fact, the owner's description
was not all that far out. There was
a raster, about 15cm high, in the
middle of the screen, which was
blacked out above and below.
There was absolutely no sign of a
picture and the sound was
somewhat distorted. In addition,
the raster was overly bright possibly because of its reduced
height - but more importantly
would not respond to the brightness
control and only very slightly to the
contrast control.
Well, with a list of symptoms like
that, the real question was where to
start. Basically, it was a toss-up
between the loss of vertical scan
and the loss of luminance, or video
signal. Hopefully, the lack of
response to the brightness and contrast controls might be related one
to the other.
Waveform checks
I decided to tackle the vertical
fault first and, as a preliminary
check, tried adjusting the height
control, but I wasn't really surpris64
SILICON CHIP
TETIA CORNER
Sony KV1800-AS
Symptom: picture collapsed down
to 5cm high. Vertical hold, height
and linearity controls all seem to
work OK, but only on the low
raster.
Cure: C512 (2200µF 16VW)
open circuit. Without this emitter
bypass, negative feedback in
0502 vertical amplifier reduces its
gain and causes low height. A clue
is that all DC voltages around the
circuit seem close to normal.
ed when it had only minimal effect.
Connecting the CRO to appropriate
points around the vertical output
stage, TR407 and TR408, left no
doubt that the amplitude was way
down. On the other hand, all the
voltages applied to these transistors were virtually spot on.
I moved back to the oscillator
section, TR402 and 403, and checked the waveforms here. Results
here were less conclusive. The
waveforms were close to those
shown on the circuit, but far
enough away to make me
suspicious. Subsequent checks at
the intermediate stages, TR404 and
405, showed that the waveforms
had now deteriorated quite
significantly.
It all added up to a rather puzzling situation whereby the fault
seemed to be present to some
degree everywhere in the chain, yet
nowhere in particular. To be frank,
I wasn't quite sure what to try next
and eventually decided to put that
problem on hold and track down the
loss of video. At least I would be doing something worthwhile.
The video signal is handled by a
16-pin IC, IC301, type AN-425. In
simple terms it takes the video
signal in on pin 14 and delivers it on
pin 6. Feeding a colour bar
generator into the set produced a
typical staircase pattern at pin 14,
exactly according to the circuit,
and similarly on pin 6. So far, so
good.
From pin 6 the signal goes to the
base of video amplifier TR301,
functioning as an emitter follower.
The signal was normal at both the
input and output of this stage,
which is the last before the red,
green and blue output stages on the
neck board. The signal goes via pin
6 of a plug and socket combination,
CO-lP and CO-lS, then to the Y7
terminal on the neck board, and
then to the emitters of the three output stages, for mixing with the
chrominance signals which are applied to the bases of these stages.
I traced the signal through to the
three aforementioned emitters and
SERVICE.MAN'S LOG
found that all was well up to these
points. But that was as far as it
went; there was virtually no signal
on any of the collectors. And since
it was unlikely that all three transistors had failed simultaneously, it
just had to be a voltage problem.
A clue at last
The voltage on these collectors is
supposed to be around 125V but the
best I could find was a mere 12V;
small wonder we had nothing on the
screen. But at least I had a clue to
one of the faults - all I had to do
now was find where this voltage
originated and why it wasn't being
supplied.
Unfortunately, it is not practical
to reproduce the circuit since it
would be far too large to encompass
all the points involved. In brief,
however, the collector voltages are
derived via 10k0 load resistors
from a common 160V supply line.
This line leaves the neck board at
"Yl ", goes to pin 3 of socket C0-2S,
and then to plug C0-2P on the
horizontal scan board. (This plug
and socket pair are separated by
nearly the width of the circuit).
From here the line follows a
rather circuitous route to the vicinity of the horizontal output
transformer, and pin 6-2 of this
transformer in particular. In
greater detail, this rail is derived
from pin 6-2 via a 3.30 resistor, a
small choke, a diode D553, and a
lOµF 250V electrolytic filter
capacitor, C564.
Naturally, these few components
were prime suspects although I
couldn't rule out that a fault
somewhere else was loading the
line. The choke and resistor were
quickly cleared, then I lifted one
end of diode D553 and checked it.
But the diode checked OK, leaving
only the electrolytic capacitor
(C564).
I pulled the electro out and
measured it. And that was it; instead of the supposed lOµF the best
it could manage was a mere .OlµF.
Well, at least I had solved one problem; replace the capacitor and I
should have a picture on the
screen, even if it was squashed.
Then I could concentrate on the
scan fault.
So the electro was replaced and I
switched on hopefully. And sure
enough, up came a picture in full
colour. But that wasn't all; all the
other faults had vanished as well.
The picture was back to normal
height, the brightness and contrast
controls were functioning correctly, and the distortion had vanished
from the sound. All with one
capacitor.
Naturally, I was both delighted
and surprised; delighted because I
didn't have to look for any more
faults and surprised because I
hadn't realised the full ramifica-
Servicing in the South Pacific
literally translates as "The pea
soup is finished," but really conveys finality. Cross-cultural relationships create some interesting
language.
Having acquitted myself of that
sticky situation, I now found I had
to face the honour of a meal. Four
serving girls brought a number of
curious dishes - which I alone ate
in the centre of a throng of people,
all eyes on me. Perhaps to see if I
would refuse their food? Not likely,
mate. For one who has shared unnamed delicacies in Saudi Arabia,
few culinary surprises are left.
continued from p52
I'm not sure, but I think they then
made me an honorary member of
the village. Suddenly, the driver
realised how late it was and
shouted, "The plane, the plane!"
Bidding the people a fond and
hasty farewell, we raced to the
Land Rover - which no longer had
its insecure hardtop. If that driver
ever comes to Australia, he could
have the pole position at the
Adelaide Grand Prix, no risk! With
not a moment to spare, we screeched to a stop at the airstrip. Lo, the
Fokker was already revving its
engines. I raced to the port side and
tions of the 160V rail. I reached for
the circuit again and indulged in a
spot more tracing. Not surprisingly,
I found that this rail also supplies
the vertical oscillator circuit or,
rather, part of it.
As I mentioned earlier, this stage
consists of two transistors, TR402
and TR403, employing a fairly
straightforward feedback arrangement. But TR402 is fed from a 24V
rail, while TR403 is fed from the
160V rail via the height control. Apparently, the 12V I found on the
160V rail was sufficient to keep the
stage oscillating, but at a reduced
amplitude.
This aspect puzzled me somewhat because the waveform checks
I had made, while not perfect, had
not been all that far out. Then I
looked at the circuit again and
realised that the waveforms shown,
and which I had checked, were all
associated with TR402, which was
functioning more or less normally
from the 24V rail.
The only remaining puzzle concerns the sound fault. I can find no
direct relationship between the
160V rail and the sound system.
The sound IC, IC251, appears to
derive its supply from the commutator section on the deflection
board and I have not been able to
relate this to the 160V rail.
Unfortunately, there is a limit to
the time one can spend trying to
work out all the smart tricks the
designers pull. For the present, I am
happy to accept that the fault has
been cured, even if I'm not quite
sure why.
~
threw myself into a seat as the craft
started down the strip.
If landing was a shock, the
takeoff was a real thrill. At maximum revs, it was as though the
island fell away under us. As I
stared down at the blue Pacific, I
noticed that one of my meter leads
was caught in the door. The
slipstream knocked it about until it
frayed apart and dropped far down
to the ocean beneath us.
As we drew closer to the big
island, I reflected that the life of a
field service engineer holds many
surprises - and that technical
knowledge is often the least of your
worries.
~
FEBRUARY1988
65
1988
ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS CATALOGUE
* *
SIiicon Chip Readers ring Us Toll Free Right Now on 008 999 007 And We'll Post
You One Absolutely Free
* *
REMEMBER
Altronics Staff are all keen Electronics Enthusiasts - just like yourself - so
when you need a little technical help, give us a call • Quality Products at
direct import prices • Save up to 50% on our competitors prices • Overnight
delivery Australia wide• Bankcard phone order service to 8pm Monday-Friday
FOR THE VERY QUICK!
JACK O'DONNELL
Managing Director
Here are some incredible bargains. We suggest you phone order now to
reserve yours.
Please check inside our Catalogue for full specifications on these items.
Speclal prices are avallable on current stocks only, sorry no back orders,
strlctly "lst come - 1st served".
' Polyprop Woofer
300MM (12")
Massive 1.4Kg
Magnet. 150W Max.
Input 8 Ohm.
C 3070
Normally $139
THIS MONTH
Fantastic Bargain
150MHz Frequency Counter
Q 1520
Save $50
SPECIFICATIONS:Frequency Range
Gate Time
Accuracy
Max. Input
Senaltlvlty:• 10Hz - 30 MHz
• 10MHz - 150MHz
s85
Top Selling
Blood
Pre11ure
Machine &
Heart Rate
Monitor
X 3055
Was $110
Now$85
10Hz - 150MHz
1 sec , 6 sec. ·
+/ - 1 count
20V P-P
Quality 20W .
Loudhaller
Fantastic Performer
Normally $125
Now
s75
Portable
Multimeter
25mV- 100mV
100mV - 300mV
1 20K Ohm/Volt
s149
•·········••f
a 1018
Normally $39.95
s25
: : ~+-~,:,,,,,,,)ff£t
": : :
12V Lead
Acid
.....
Rechargeable: ~
,,,,.. ';
~,~
Professlonal
Infra Red
Movement
Detector
,
1.2aH Capacity
$17 ea
4 or More
$ 15
Mini Mains Transformer
Nifty Little Chassis Maker
and Pan Brake
Bender
240V/l2.6V CT<at> 150mA.
M 2851
Nlcad
Superbuy
Quality , 500mAH
S 5020
$3.00 ea.
20 or More
s2.70 ea
Save 33%
s4
Famous Bel Mlcroeye
Compuhetrodyne
Microprocessor Radar
Detector
Clips onto sunvisor - virtually invisible from
outside the vehicle. Detects X and K bands.
12V DC operated
Incredibly sensitive. 2
function lens perm its
wide angle (for
rooms) or narrow
angle(corridors)
operation.
Superb Eleco Wireless Microphone System
uses Dual Diversity Receivers for Long Range,
Noise Free Pure Fidelity Reproduction. ·
Now Available
In Australia For
Less Than
$1,000
Altronics proudly release the Eleco
System - Used Worldwide by Entertainers
i.e. Rolling Stones, Dire Straites,
Tina Turner and 1000's more!
Superb
Microphone
Reproduction
Compares with
Shure,Beyer
and AKG
Unique
Microphone
design completely
Eliminates
"Dangling"
Antenna
Breathtaking performance without signal drop-out or noise interference . The Eleco Wirel ess Microphone Sy stem
is virtually the ultimate in an Entertainers Microphone system (or for any roving mic rophon e application for that
matter!)
All the annoying wireless microphone characteristics such as " drop out" , static and noise are completely
eliminated by use of auto switching dual diversity receivers. The output of each recei ver is continually monitored,
with the strongest and clearest signal always selected . Dynamic Range exceeding 100 db is obtained by
employment of a Patented special Parabola level compressor and Dynamic expander.
The operating range Is a minimum of 50 metree (often this can he extended to 200 metres and more in normal
circ umstances).
Several Frequencies are available to aleviate cross interference when two or more system s are used in proximity.
Brief Specifications Frequency 202.1, 202 .9, 203 .7 MHz (Please specify if you have a preference)
Mlc Carrier Power 50mW (Ma x) Mlc Antenna built-in Dynamic Range over 100db S/N Ratio better than 90db Frequency Response 20Hz to 16KHz + or - 3db
Mlc Battery 4 x AA cells Battery Life over 24 hours continuous operation . Receiver Sensitivity 12db/ micro volt for60db S/ N ratio Pre emphasis/De emphasis sous.
Receiver output unbalanced 6.3mm phone jack and balanced 3 pin cannon type . Output Level (adjustable) Unbalanced 0-2 .SV Balanced Oto + or - .3V into
600 ohms. Receiver Power Supply 200 - 260VAC .
Prices
(A) Dual Diversity Receiver $729.00
(8) Entertainment Microphone (hand held type)
(C) Lavalier Type Microphone $349.00
Frequencies
Dual Diversity Receiver
Dual Diversity Receiver
Dual Diversity Receiver
C 0121 Entertainm ent Microphone
C 0123 Entertainment Microphone
C 0125 Entertainment Microphone
C 0131 Lavalier Microphone
C 0133 Lavalier Mic rophone
C 0135 Lavalier Microphone
C 0111
C 0113
C 0115
$349.00
Bonus Offer SAVE $78 Choose Receiver and
Either Microphone For Just $999
Please Note 3 different operating frequencies are available (you will need to
specifica ll y nominate desired frequency only if the equipment is being used in
proximity with other Eleco Systems on the 200MHz band . ·
202.1MHz
202 .9MHz
203 .7MHz
202.1MHz
202.9MHz
~o~ 7MHz
202.1MHz
202.9MHz
203.7MHz
$729
$729
$729
$349
$349
$349
$349
$349
$349
1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 '
Wide Range
Weatherproof Extension
Speakers For Your Stereo
System
AT LAST Design Quality
Weather Proof Speakers
And Sound Columns By Redford
Great For The Back
Patio,Swimming
Pool, Games Room,
Den, Pool Room Etc.
• Rugged extruded aluminium construction • Superb
powdercoat industrial paint finish • Engineered in
Australia • Excellent reproduction • Superior to imports
- Yet just a fraction of the price!
Dimensions 260mm wide
x 170mm high x 150mm D.
(Mounting brackets are
Included)
Altroni cs proudl y announce the release of
the superb Redford Weatherproof Speaker
and Sound Column Range. Imagine a wide
range speaker system which is highly
directional and with efficienc y approaching that of reflex horns!
Redford is·the solution for high quality
sound reproduction outdoors. The Five
Models to choose from " Fill the Bill " from
applicat ions on boats to high grade paging
and music entertai nment installations.
15 Watt 4 and 16 Ohm Models
Using a dual doped cone driver these fantast ic weatherproof speakers are of quite
surprising performance.
The 4 Ohm models are intended for use as main speakers i.e. for car sound systems/
graphic equalisers on your boat or Four Wheel drive etc.
Th e 16 Ohm versions are intended for use wit h higher power systems. 16 ohms is
employed to give a generally correct volume balance when used as extension speakers
to the main speaker system - An added bonus is your amplifier load is kept to
respectabl e limits! Great for back patio, den etc.
C 0932
White 4 Ohm
C 0938
White 16 Ohm
C C·934
Black 4 Ohm
C 0940 Black 16 Ohm
All $99 each
or
$190 per Pair
RUGGED EXTRUDED
CONSTRUCTION
These vi brati o n free encl osures are
constructed fro m die extruded heavy
gauge aluminium and fini shed with
incredibly durable industrial powdercoat
enamel. The speaker ends are sealed via
gaskets and tough moulded " LURAN S" UV
20 Watt 8 Ohm {Max 30 Watt)
Use 2 special duai doped cone drivers for those wanting a bit more umph!
resistant end c ap s. The end result is " Good
Looks " together with assured rugg ed
durability for the Australian en vi ron men t .
C 0943
C 0944
Black
White
$139ea
$139ea
$260 per pair
$260 per pair
EXCELLENT REPRODUCTION
1 he drivers have been chosen fo r w ide
range .low disto rt ion, mid range " presence"
(essential for high grade vocal wo rk ) and
high effi c iency in general. Power Capacity
for short term use, the drivers will safely
handle 150% of rated powe r. Aco ustic
wadd ing is used to dampen Bass
resonan ce. Weather Proof Construction
and use of "Doped Cones" Foam plastic
and c loth is sand wiched between Baffle
and Fro nt G rill to preven t water ingress. A
first fo r Redford is the use of a patented
co ne m o isture repellant proces s fo r all
models.
f
100 Volt Line Models For Use With Professional PA
And Music Systems
Using Q " Do ped " w ide range drivers and fitted with grain oriented steel line transformer
Output ca ble allows connection to 10W/ 5W/ 2.5W with 10 watt models, 20W/ 10W/ 5W
wi th 20 watt models and 40W/ 20W/ 1OW with th e 40 watt versions.
10W/100V line Black $1 t9ea $220 per pair
10W/100V line White $119ea $220 per pair
20W/100V line Black $169ea $299 per pair
20W/100V line White $169ea $299 p~r pair
40W/100V line Black $225ea $399 per pair
40W/100V line White $225ea $399 per pair
Altronics Will Deliver Any Of These Quality Products To Your
Door Faster Than Any Other Australian Supplier
Or Your Monev Back
(Within 24 Hours To Every Capital City and Suburbs - AlloGr Addltonal 24 - 48 Hours For Country Areas)
II IIIIII II IIIIIHlll 1111111111111 IIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIII II llllllllllll lllllll II IIII II Ill Ill Ill 111111 II Ill II II II II lllll IIIIII II Ill Ill llll lllll II 11111111111111111
300 Watt Inverter With Auto Start
The Power House Arrives
Massivefrom
600
Watt Inverter
12 or 24 Volt 1y1lem1
Oper■ IH
vi■
lnlem ■ I wiring connection,
Big brother to our 300W Model this brilliant design can ba internally connected for
either 12 or 24V operation. Full 600 watt output - and that will power a fantastic array of
appliances e.g. Lighting, Electric Motors, Electric drills, Hi Fi, TV Sets, Computer.
An ebaolute muat f~r H~u~ ~ .!!!'. or I~( tl!.! Jruc:k, J)!9!~'...!.tc.
OperatH From 12V Car Battery
Just think how handy It would be to have 240 Volt AC Mains Power when camping
or for your boat or Caravan.
Auto Start draws power from your battery only when appliance is plugged in and
"turned on". i.e. battery can ba left permanently connected ii desired .
Th■ rm■ I Over Load. Curret1I Retul■ lecl. Current Overload
K 6752
Complete Kit
Fully Built & Tested
Two
Great
Kits To Build
Complete Kit
$399.oo
Fully Built & Tested $499.oo
The First Detector with GaAs Diodes
RF Signal Generator
An RF signal generator is an absolute must when it comes to radio
servicing. With provision for both internal.and external modulation this
.generator Is a winner.
......
. .
•
••
fD
•
SPECIFICATIONS:Frequency Range 100KHz • 150MHz
In 6 Ranges
RF Output Level
100mV RMS
Accura~
+/- 3%
Modulation:• Internal (30% Depth,
1KHz
• External
50Hz - 20KHz
• Crystal Locked Oscillator
Q 1550 ....... .. $199.oo
We believe the Vector to be one of the finest and most sensitive Radar Detectors
available in the World today. Approximately 4db greater sensitivity than the A 1520
Until now, GaAs diodes have only baen used in sophisticated military radar equipment.
The Microeye Vector is the first consumer electronics product equipped with this new
technology.
Why G ■ A• Diode• Make The Dllference: • Lower threshold allows for a better signal to
noise ratio. • Lower signal conversion loss. • Higher barrier reduces noise. Quite
Simply, GaAs diodes increase the sensitivity of the Microeye Veclor.
Fe■lurea: • Separate audio alerts for X and K Band. • Three operational switches:
Power: On and Off: RSD (Radar Signal Discriminator) to minimize extraneous signals
with a LO (local) positon and a LA (Long Range) position; FIiter Mode designed for
instant computerized analysis of incoming signals with LO and LA positions.
Invisible from outside your car. The Vector
simply clips onto your sun visor. Thus the
Gendames and would be villains are
non the wiser.
Counter Kit
: (See Silicon Chip Mag .
Nov 1987 for Details)
Our Congratulations
to Leo and Greg at
Silicon Chip for this
Great Australian
Design .
$499 A 1;30
UV Eprom Eraser
Erase your EPROMS quickly and safely. This unit is a
cost effective solution to your problems. It will erase up
The Technical excellence of this counter to 9 x 24 pin devices in complete safety in about 40
places it with Hew!'ett Packard and other minutes tor 9 chips (less for less chips).
world famous test equipment makers.
•Eraae up to 9 chip• al• time• Chip drawer
has conductive foam pad • Mains Powered
K 2515 Due Mid Dec'
• High UV intensity at chip surface ensures
thorough erase• Engineered to prevent UV
exposure• Long Lile UV tube• Dimensions 217x80x68mm • Weight 670g.
$299
Super Bargain 1/2 Price
Fantastic Negative Ion Generator
There have been volumes written about the benefits of negative ions combating air
pollution , cigarette smoke etc. can be very beneficial to Asthma suffer~rs. Our grE:at
little Rover generates billions of ions per second! Includes tester.
Audio Frequency Generator
Often in testin9 audio circuitry it is necessary to have an accurate and
adjustable audio signal source available. This little generator even allows
you to test 455KHz IF stages!
.SPECIFICATIONS:•
Frequency Range
10Hz • 1MHz
+/- 3% + 2Hz
Sine/Square
Sine : ev RMS
Square: 10V P-P
Output Attenuator 0,-20 db,-40 db
and fine adjust.
Accurecy
Output Waveform,
Ou~t Lenl
For
In
Circuit
Testing
"NO NEED
ro
UNSOLDER
FEATURES:
* Output 3 to 30V at 1A * Short circuit
protected• Load switching* Current limiting . Dual scale meter• Housed in our
Deluxe "ABS" instrument case .
SPECIFICATIONS:
* Output Voltage - 3 to 30V
*
Output
Current - 0 to 1 amp (fully variable)• Load
Regulation - Better than 0.2% from Oto ful l
load * Output Ripple-Less than 2mV RMS .
Cat. K 3210
TRANSISTOR ASSISTED
IGNITION WITH DWELL
EXTENSION
Dead easy to build and (even better) there
are only 3 electrical connections required
to the car wiring system .
Low-Cost Unit
Checks Values from 1pf -100uf
#/JtffgrroRs" Upgraded
Digital Capacitance Meter
The readout consists of a bright 4-digit LED display and the full scale
readings for each range are 9999.9nF and 99.99uF. No adjustments are
FEATURES:
necessary when taking a reading. You simply connect the capacitor to the
• Tests both NPN and PNP transistors in
test terminals and select the appropriate range. The circuit can accurately
circuit at the touch of a switch • Tests
measure capacitance down to one picofarad (1 pF). This is made possible
Diodes and SCRS as well • No need to
by the internal nulling circuit which cancels any stray capacitance
switch between NPN and PNP-its
automatic. Two LED indicators are used to between the test terminals or test leads. So when you measure a 5pF
show condition of device being tested.
capacitor, the unit will display 5pF.
Altronlcs Kit Feature - "ABS" jiffy box and
test leads supplied. Cat. K 2530
K 2522 ................. . .. . ........... . .
Screecher Car
Burglar Alarm
This alarm drives off wouldbe thieves with
an ear splitting modulated tone. Once
activated it is near impossible to stay within
the confines of the car.
Featureo: Entry Delay • Exit Delay • Alarm
Timer • Lamp Flasher • Three second soft
alarm reminder. Piezo siren produces
modulated tone of 110dbat 1 metre. Simple
to build and install. Two Sentor Input,
$79.oo
Ultrasonic Movement Detector
This Ultrasonic Movement Detector provides added protection agai•n st illegal entry via.
an open window etc. Connects directly to an alarm with a normally open input. Detects
any movement up to 3 metres within an angle of 30 degrees. Will operate directly off 12V
i.e. Car Battery etc.
K 4400
$29.50
Video Enhancer
$42.so
Sharpen• up your picture when Copying
Video to Video
Here's a tlmple but effective video enhancer'that is
super ea,y to build at a fraction of the cost of
commercial mod~ls. Unit sharpens picture detail,
and can. actually improve the quality of a copy by
amplyfying the top end of the video signal K 5825
174 Roe St. Perth WA 6000
PHONE T OLL FREE 008 999 007
Perth Metro & After Hours (09) 328 1599
ALL MAIL ORDERS
P.O. Box 8350 Perth Mail Exchange W.A.6000
PACKIN G & DELI VERY. CHARGE $3.00 DELIVERY AUSTRALI A WIDE - We process
your order the day received and despatch via. Australia Post. Allow approx 7 days from
day you post order to when you receive goods. Weight limited 1 Kgs.
$6.00 OVERNIGH T JET SER VICE - We process your order the day rece ived and
despatch v1_a. Overnight Jettervlce Courier for delivery next day Country areas please
allow add1t1onal 24-48 hours. Weight limit 3Kgs.
$6.00 HEAV Y SERVICE - For deliveries exceeding 3Kgs and less than 10Kgs - allow 7
days for delivery
$10.00 HEAVY HEAV Y SERVI CE - All orders of 10Kgs or more must travel Express
Road - Please allow 7 days for delivery.
INSU_RAN CE - As with virtually every other Australian supplier, we send goods at
consignees risk. Should you require comprehensive insurance cover against loss or
damage please add 1% to order value (minimum charge $1) . When phone ordering
please request " Insurance".
TOLL FREE PHO NE ORDER - Bankcard Holders can phone order toll free up to 6pm
Eastern Standard Time . Remember with our Overnlg_ht Jetservlce we deliver next day .
ALTRONICS RESELLERS
Chances are there is an Altronics Reseller right near you - check this list or phone us for
details of the nearest dealer. Pleate Note: Resellers have to pay the cost of freight and
msurance and therefore the prices charged by individual Dealers may vary slightly
tr:om_ ~his Catalogu~ - in many cases, however, Dealer prices will still represent a
s1gnif1cant cost saving from prices charged by Altronics Competitors.
Don't forget our Exprett Mall and Phone Order Service • for the coat of a local call
Bankcard, Visa or Ma1terc1rd holders can phone order for same day despatch.
'
MORE AL TRON/CS DEALERS WANTED
If you have a Retail Shop, you could increase your income
significantly by becoming an Altronics Dealer, Phone Colin
Fobister (09) 328 2199 for Details.
WA
COUNTRY ALBANY BP Electronics ■ 412681 ESPERANCE Esperance Communications 713344 GERALDTON K .B.Electronics &
Marine 212176 KALGOORLIE Todays Electronics ■ 212777 KARRATHA Daves Oscitronics 854836 MANDURAH Lance Rock
Retravision 351246 NEWMAN Watronics 751734 WYALKATCHEM D & J Pease 811132
NT ALICE SPRINGS Ascom Electronics 521713 Farmer
Electronics 522967
ACT CANBERRA Bennett Commercial Electronics 805359 Scientronics 548334 VICTORIA CITY Active Wholesa!e ■ 6023499
All Electronic Components 6623506 SUBURBAN
ASPENDALE Giltronics 5809839 CHELTENHAM Talking Electronics 5502386 CROYDEN Truscott
Electronics ■ 7233860 PRESTON Preston Electronics 4840191
COUl'\:TRY BENDIGO KC Johnson ■ 411411 MORWELL Morwell
Electronics 346133 SWAN HILL Cornish Radio Services 321427 QUEENSLAND
CITY Delsound P/ L 8396155 SUBURBAN FORTITUDE
VAi.LEY Economic Electronics 523762 Fred Hoe & Sons Electronics 2774311 PADDINGTON SLACKS CREEK David Hall
Electronics 2088808 TOOWONG Techniparts 6710879 COUNTRY
CAIRNS Electronic World ■ 518555 BUNDABERG Bob Elkins
Electronics 721785 GLADSTONE Supertronics 724321 MACKAY Philtronics ■ 578855 NAMBOUR Nambour Electronics 411604 PALM BEACH The
Electronic Centre 341248 ROCKHAMPTONAccess Electronics (East St.) 221058 Electron
World 278988 Purely Electronics (Shopping Fair) 280100 Xanthos
Electronics 278952 TOOWOOMBA Hunts Electronics ■ 329677 TOWNSVILLE Solex ■ 722015 SA
CITY Electronic Comp & Equip. 2125999 Force
Electronic ■ 2122672 SUBURBAN
BRIGHTON Brighton Electronics ■ 2963531 CHRISTIES BEACH Force Electronics ■ 3823366 ENFIELD Force
Electronics ■ 3496340 PROSPECT Jensen Electronics ■ 2694744 COUNTRY
MT.GAMBIER South East Electronics 250034 WHYALLA Eyre Electronics
■ 454764 TASMANIA
HOBART George Harvey ■ 342233 LAUNCESTON Advanced Electronics 315688 George Harvey ■ 316533 Nichols Radio
TV 316171
NSW CITY David Reid Electronics ■ 2671385 SUBURBAN BLACKTOWN Wavefront Electronics 8311908 C A RINGHAH Hicom
Unitronics 5247878 LEWISHAM PrePak
Electronics 5699770 SMITHFIELD Chantronics 6097218 COUNTRY ALBURY Webb's
Electronics
■ 254066 COFFS HARBOUR Coifs Habour Electronics 525684 GOSFORD Tomorrows Electronics ■ 247246 NEWCASTLE Novocastrian Elect.Supplies
■ 621358
NOWRA Ewing Electronics ■ 218412 ORANGE RAYMOND TERRACE Alback Electronics 873419 TENTERFIELD Na.than Ross
Electronics 362204 WINDSOR M & E Electronics ■ Communications 775935 WOLLONGONG Newtek Electronics ■ 271620 Vimcom Electronics 284400
Blue Ribbon Dealers are highlighted with a ■ . These Dealers generally carry a comprehensive range of Altronic products and kits or will order any required item for you.
THE WAY I SEE IT
By NEVILLE WILLIAMS
Worth preserving: a colourful
slice of electronic history!
Talk to someone who worked in a radio factory
during the '20s and '30s and you'll probably hear
about makeshift working conditions, sudden standdowns, heavy-handed bosses and light-fingered
staff. But much of it will be lost to future
generations, unless some of us share those
memories, before we 're too frail to push a pen or
commit them to tape!
We talked endlessly about situations and events when it was all
happening, especially in the early
'30s, comparing notes and swapping stories as we followed the jobs,
at various levels, from one radio
factory to the next - a real life
game of musical stools!
Some of the stories were
apocryphal, I'm sure, based on fact
but suitably embellished to improve
the telling. Maybe the odd junior
was the victim of not-so-innocent
pranks by male and/or female process workers, but I doubt that they
were quite as spectacular as
sometimes claimed.
Maybe, on their way out the back
door, someone did once burst into
the manager's office at Stromberg
Carlson and call him everything
under the sun but, in factory
folklore, every red-blooded wirer
who was ever sacked from the
place was credited with having
done the same thing!
Continuity of work was a major
problem, in those days, with the
factories loaded to the limit in
winter and reduced to a skeleton
staff in summer. A lot of process
workers in their late teens and ear70
SILICON CHIP
ly twenties simply made the best of
it but others, hoping for a career in
radio, worked hard to becomf:l part
of the "skeleton" that the management did their best to hang on to.
Apart from lay-offs during- the
summer months, sudden standdowns were very much part of the
scene, especially in the larger factories. If production was threatened by a temporary shortage of key
components, workers on the line
were simply stood down for as
many hours as it took to sort out the
problem. Where the unions figured
I'm not sure but they didn't seem to
count for much in that situation.
In case you think I'm exaggerating, let me quote from an article "Fifty Years of Broadcasting in
Australia", from the IREE Golden
Jubilee Publication (1932-82), written by that well known electronics
engineer Neville Thiele. I quote:
The receiver industry was lively
and competitive, ruthless to its
employees. Old hands used to tell of
being laid off for hours at a time,
waiting in a back lane behind the
factory whenever components ran
out, and being sacked just before
Christmas, to be re-engaged after the
new year. Production fluctuated
with the seasons.
If talk meant anything, the word
"ruthless" accurately sums up the
attitude of many employers,
although the truth probably is that,
in the cut-throat competition of the
post-depression era, they were
operating on margins about as fine
as those of the people who worked
for them.
Tricks of the trade
Loyalty, either way, was also
pretty thin on the ground and ''pinching parts" was rife, plainly
dishonest to some but accepted by
others as anything from a challenge
to a way of getting even with the
boss. Keep in mind that, while
they/we were spending all day
building radios for other people,
few could afford a radio of their
own. Boarding alone in Sydney, all I
could listen to at night was the wailing of cats under the house!
Chatting about all this, recently,
with retired engineer Winston
Muscio, he recalled how wirers used to smuggle switches and other
small parts through security at the
STC factory in Alexandria, Sydney.
Said he:
"They'd knot them into a length of
cord and walk out with them hung
over the crutch in their pants!"
I'd heard about the same technique at another factory except that
it was used to pinch valves. Of
course, that only worked because of
the then current fad for loose-fitting
trousers. "Oxford bags", I think
they were called.
But for sheer finesse, it's hard to
beat the routine described to me by
former colleague Phil Watson:
At one time, as a goodwill
gesture, management at the HMV
factory at Homebush, NSW, where
Phil once worked, agreed to an arr ang em en t whereby factory
workers could borrow portable test
instruments over the weekend for
their own personal use. The scheme
proved, however, to be a "Trojan
Horse" in reverse, when somebody
thought up the idea of taking the instruments out packed with loose
components, and bringing them
back empty!
Power transformers were a problem because of their size and
weight but the same resourceful
workers managed to get them out
by lobbing them from a window into
the long grass on a nearby railway
embankment.
Fortunately, there was a positive
side to all this. The factories did
provide a way to meet expenses
(just!) for those of us who had a genuine interest in radio and whose
prime ambition was to get a foot on
the ladder: assembler, wirer, inspector, tester, troubleshooter,
laboratory assistant and perhaps,
one day, engineer! Or, as they used
to be (and still are) called: a "ginger
beer".
Men in white coats!
Mind you, on the factory floor,
engineers were often regarded as a
rather odd breed.
They kept pretty much to
themselves, wore white dustcoats
and worked in a locked room that
no one else ever entered, except the
top brass; they got more money
than the rest of us, were never
stood down and didn't have to
punch the bundy. How one got to be
an engineer wasn't clear.
They didn't feature much in factory small talk, perhaps because
they were seen as neuters neither workers nor bosses. But a
chief engineer who doubled as a
production manager was another
matter; that put him squarely in the
firing line!
In retrospect, getting to be an
engineer in the '20s and early '30s
was not as mysterious a rite as
many of us might then have believed. Mainly, it involved:
An old AWA Radiola of about mid-1920s vintage. What was life like in a radio
factory in the '20s and '30s? (Photo courtesy Orpheus Radio Museum, Ballarat).
Having a good general
knowledge of radio, however acquired; and
(2). Being in the right place at the
right time when the particular
vacancy had to be filled.
Thinking back over the technical
pace setters up to and through the
'20s, some had gained their
knowledge as traditional radio
amateurs, pursuing wireless/radio
as a hobby and adding to their skills
by contriving, building and using
their own transmitters and
receivers.
Others had started out as ordinary hobbyists and, with or
without back-up courses, had
become sufficiently expert to build
and service radio equipment
privately, moving later into fullscale professional activities of one
kind and another.
And, of course, there were those
who had trained as wireless
operators, or as electrical technicians or engineers, who later
broadened their technical skills to
embrace the new field of radio.
In Australia, at least, specially
trained professional radio
engineers only began to inherit the
white coats from the mid to late
'30s.
(1).
What about the details?
It's not difficult to reminisce in a
general way, because I lived
through the period, but all that I've
said could too easily be a one-eyed
view. Yet I cannot remember ever
having read another article recalling life in a radio factory in the '20s
and '30s. For many, it may have
been tough, tedious and highly
forgettable but now, in this
Bicentenary year, it's a human
story worth the telling. Even so
Stephen Rapley, currently producing the ABC Radio series "Talking
History" is also finding it hard to
dig out the details.
I've mentioned StrombergCarlson, STC and HMV but there
were others like AW A, Airzone and
Breville that I didn't hear much
about, plus component manufacturers like Radiokes, Henderson, Efco and ETC. There were factories in
Melbourne, too - Eclipse, Rola,
Astor, etc - and elsewhere interstate but, for all we knew of
them in the Sydney workplace, they
might as well have been a world
away.
I personally learned the ropes at
Reliance Radio in Sydney, a small
family company where, of necessity, management and staff worked
side by side. But there must have
been dozens of other small companies out there with stories and
situations as varied as their names.
Here's hoping that at least a few
retired readers of SILICON CHIP will
be able to resurrect information
about some of those pioneer
Australian radio and components
factories - who they were, where
they were, how large they were,
FEBRUARY1988
71
Servicing - "I feel like closing the doors!"
Dear Sir,
I would like to add some comments to Neville Williams' "The
way I see it", in your Nov.'87
issue.
From first-hand observation, I
can nominate a few reasons for
repair delays:
(1 ). Too many new models, with
too many changes to internal components, for the sake of change. It
is now just about impossible to
stock all items for all models of all
brands of even one product (eg.
VCRs). In a lot of cases, this
means ordering parts for each job
- hence delays.
(2). Products like CD players are
not economical to repair when new
ones can be bought for $1 99.
Agreed, not all are as cheap as
that but you try to justify a repair
bill of $150 on any CD player,
when the owner has seen a new
one down the road for $49 dollars
more!
(3). Lack of properly qualified and
experienced technicians prepared
to work for comparatively low
wages.
(4). One major company no longer
supplies even authorised agents
direct. The parts have to be
what they produced, and what they
were like to work for. Clippings,
photostats, anecdotes in letter form
or on cassette could provide interesting reading and help fill in
what is currently a pretty sparse
outline.
Electronic non-servicing
To change the subject completely, a reader from of Cairns, Qld, a
professional electronic serviceman,
takes up my theme from the
November issue: "They'll sell you
anything - but don't ask them to
fix it!"
In drawing attention to the now
almost routine 6-week turnaround
time in getting electronic equipment
repaired, I was conscious that my
remarks might have been seen as
unduly negative but, in essence,
M.K. agrees: modern electronic servicing is very much a problem area.
72
SILICON CHIP
ordered through a reseller who
holds very little stock, resulting in a
delay of at least six weeks. Crazy!
Unaware of how high-tech
modern products are, customers
often hunt around for "bargain"
repairs by backyard operators offering free service calls, weekend
service, etc, but with little access
to manuals or assistance from
manufacturers, and very few spare
parts. Too frequently, reputable
repairers have to sort out
somebody else's mess and cop
the abuse for the added cost and
delay.
Service calls are a thing of the
past. A mobile repairman cannot
possibly remember every.model or
even carry enough manuals - let
alone parts. Customers want a service call but are reluctant to pay for
it. We offer a pick-up and delivery
service for larger sets for $20
(both ways) which nowhere near
covers the cost, but customers
argue that even this is too high.
Quotes are another tricky area
because, to give an "honest"
quote, the item must be repaired. If
the customer doesn't accept the
quote, who pays for the time
spent. I'll bet they don't work for
His letter is reproduced in an accompanying panel. If you haven't
read it already, read it now, and
come back to the following brief
comments:
• There usually is a legitimate
reason for changing components.
Whether it's sufficient to justify
creating yet another service problem is something else.
• The notion that a repair must
somehow be scaled to the cheapest
possible replacement unit is
emotive but none the less real.
• Qualified technicians used to
work for very low wages, but that
was fifty years ago!
• Price quotes and ''backyarders" have this much in common: they are both unpredictable!
• If the purchase price is already
too low to adequately cover a year's
"free" service, I'd be even more in-
free, but try explaining that.
Warranty service (including
calls) will continue to cause problems while ever new items are so
inexpensive. How can anyone expect a free home call on a TV set
costing $420 retail? At such a
ridiculous price, they are lucky it
has any warranty at all.
Many of our customers, seeking
warranty repairs, become abusive.
They seem to forget that we didn't
sell it to them in the first place and
that we are here to help.
As much as I hate to suggest it, I
feel that electronic repairs will
soon be a thing of the past, as new
items become progressively
cheaper and more hi-tech.
Customers may have to accept
that electronic goods will simply
have to be replaced when they
stop working, whether they be one
week or ten years old.
Personally, I often feel like closing the doors and letting
customers fend for themselves so rarely do they seem to appreciate the job we do for them.
It can't get much worse, so it
might just get better!
Mike Kalinowski ,
Cairns Electronics.
trigued to know how several years'
extra warranty can be obtained by
paying a relatively small surcharge.
• A modern-day nonsense: the
ultimate in design is to produce
something that doesn't need fixing
but, if it does, you can't!
From a "backyarder"?
Another reader, this time from
Western Australia, comments
about servicing problems and says
that he falls into the category
described by my third option, which
he defines as: Ask a mate who
knows something about electronics
and see if they can fix it.
What I actually said in the
November article (see page 14, second column) was: " ... or, failing
that, an individual on-the-spot
repairman that other consumers
are prepared to recommend on the
basis of experience''. Whether he
The ultimate in design is to produce something that doesn't
need fixing hut, if it does, you can't!
fits what I said or what he merely
thinks I said is anybody's guess. If
he is just "a mate who knows
something a bout electronics", it's
perhaps as well that he lives as far
as he does from our Cairns
correspondent!
Be that as it may, his first anecdote (abbreviated) runs like this:
A friend asked me to look at his
rather expensive cassette radio,
which ceased to talk after he accidentally reversed the polarity,
when plugging it into his car
cigarette lighter. He took it into the
company service centre for the particular make but, when they heard
what had happened, they suggested
that he would be better advised to
buy a new one. So he passed it over
to me.
I found that the two audio ICs
were blown, plus a couple of diodes,
and while there may have been other
problems, I estimated the cost at
around $20. However, when the service centre discovered that I was not
a service agent, they quoted me $25
each for replacement ICs.
After picking myself off the floor, I
called in to a local electronics store,
where I bought the required ICs for
just $4.00 each. I can only assume
that the $25 figure was outright extortion, in an attempt to force abandonment of the project and the purchase of another unit.
Without knowing the value and
condition of the particular receiver,
it is difficult to judge whether the
fixed cost of a formal service job,
plus the uncertain cost of repair
and parts from their replacement
stock, would have represented
money well spent.
A point to consider is whether
the overheads on stocking
obligatory replacement components
for one-off docketed sales are
higher than for casual sales,
although the difference between
$25 to $4 does take a bit of
swallowing!
I note, however, that the correspondent makes no mention of
any charge other than the cost of
parts, implanting in the reader's
mind an all-up figure of $10-odd,
against maybe $70-80 had the work
been done in the service centre.
But what would the correspondent have had to charge if, as a professional serviceman, dependent on
the work for his living, he had included all the costs and overheads
that must be taken into account.
This must be done if a serviceman
is not going to end up "broke".
Anecdote number two concerned
a CD player from a different
manufacturer, purchased by the
same friend. Nine months after purchase, it began to skip tracks erratically or refuse to load discs
altogether. The local service centre
for that brand insisted that the problem was in the discs - even
though they behaved normally in
another player.
The argument dragged on until
the warranty expired, at which
time the service centre said that the
owner would now have to pay for
any further service calls. I quote:
Learning of this, he phoned Consumer Affairs, who informed him
that, because no parts were replaced
during the warranty period, the
period would only run the normal
time.
The owner had little option but to
try to have the player repaired at
his own expense. This time around,
the service centre identified the
problem as a defective laser sensor,
the cost of replacement being such
that he would be well advised simply to buy a new player! That's how
it, too, ended up at his mate's place.
Missing assembly screws and
wiring ties provided evidence
enough that it had been messed
about with but the indications were
that the diagnosis was correct. So
to the question: why was it that the
problem was only identified after
the time had passed when the supplier was obligated to repair the
unit gratis or replace it with a new
one?
The correspondent's conclusion:
It appears to me that certain companies are deliberately relaxing their
repair services to oblige customers to
buy a new unit.
When I expressed misgivings, in
the November issue, about what
seemed to be happening in the service industry, I was concerned that
I might be painting the picture in
too dark a shade of grey. Looking
back over those two letters, from
readers on different sides of the
continent, and different sides of the
servicing scene, they've re-worked
the picture in black!
As I see it, the advice which
rounded off that first article, makes
better sense than ever:
When selecting a piece of new
electronic equipment, don't just
look at the price, appearance and
specifications. Satisfy yourself
that, if something does go wrong,
proper provision exists to have it
fixed.
That's the way I see it!
lb
FEBRUARY1988
73
AMATEUR RADIO
By GARRY CHATT, VK2YBX
Build this line isolation unit for
phone patch operation
At long last, amateurs can legally hook up to the
telephone lines. Here we describe a Telecomauthorised Line Isolation Unit for amateur phone
patch operation.
Since 1980, when Third Party
Traffic privileges were announced
by the Minister for Posts and
Telegraphs, amateurs have been
frustrated by red tape and government regulations in their efforts to
operate phone patch legally.
Despite many representations on
behalf of Australian amateurs,
phone patch remained illegal until
the announcement of a recent
agreement between Telecom and
the WIA. This agreement allows the
use of a Telecom-authorised Line
Interface Unit (LIU) to link amateur
radio equipment to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).
Apart from the original third party objections which made the use of
phone patch "expressly not
authorised for personal use" or for
use with the Citizens Band Radio
Service or Amateur Radio Service,
there existed a number of technical
reasons why Telecom would not
permit direct connection to the
PSTN.
In particular Telecom was (rightly) concerned that the safety of
their telephone technicians could
be compromised. Unless special
precautions are taken, equipment
connected directly to the telephone
system can, under fault conditions,
place dangerous voltages (eg, 240V)
across the line. The possibility of
equipment damage from precisely
the same type of fault was also of
The Line Isolation Unit is built into a plastic case with a plastic on-off switch.
It must be built exactly as described in this article.
74
SILICON CHIP
considerable concern.
Commercial radio users were
permitted manual or semiautomatic access to the STN provided they used a commercially
designed and Telecom-authorised
line isolation unit. Such devices
comply with strict technical standards and provide isolation from
dangerous voltages, even under
fault conditions.
Amateur lobbying
There were, however, those in
the amateur fraternity who refused
to give up, notably Sam Varon
VKZBVS, Jim Linton VK3PC, and
Jack O'Sh_anassy VK3SP. Because
of their lobbying, and that of many
other amateurs as well, aH "policy"
objections to phone patch use by
amateurs were eventually resolved.
The technical objections were
solved by Geoff Donnelly VKZEGD,
a Telecom designer who, with the
approval of his supervisors, designed the Line Isolation Unit described
here. This unit was originally
described in Amateur Radio, the of•
ficial journal of the WIA, and reappears here with their permission.
Intending constructors should
note that the cost of gaining
Telecom authorisation for this Line
Isolation Unit was borne by the
WIA. Because of this, all units must
be built in strict accordance with
the design published here, and must
be submitted (free of charge) to the
WIA for checking prior to use
(details later).
Circuit details
Fig.1 is a block diagram showing
PARTS LIST
TELEPHONE
PLUG AND
DOUBLE
ADAPTOR
EXCHANGE
TELEPHONE
I
1 600-ohm line isolation
transformer (Telecom
approved), Arlec 45035,
DSE M-1 21 0, Jaycar
MA-1510
1 plastic zippy box with plastic
lid, DSE Cat. H-2851 .
1 DPDT switch (plastic), DSE
Cat. S-1393
2 banana sockets
4 adhesive rubber feet
1 Telecom cord, part number
4544/16/1800 (available
from Telecom Business
Offices)
1 Telecom 605 plug
1 telephone double adaptor
1 LED mounting bezel
RADIO
PHONE
PATCH
APPROVED
LIU
TRANSMITTER
-----RECEIVER
Fig.1: the Line Isolation Unit (LIU) is plugged into a telephone double adaptor
socket, in parallel with the existing telephone.
how the Line Isolation Unit is used.
Note that suitable phone-patch
equipment is required to link the
transceiver to the LIU. In its
simplest form, this could consist of
a manual switching system. This
would direct the telephone line to
either the receiver output or the
transmitter input as appropriate.
Alternatively, the more traditional hybrid circuit or some sort of
relay switching system could be
used.
Fig.2 shows the circuit details.
As can be seen, the Amateur to
Telecom Line Isolation Unit is
operated in parallel with a standard Telecom telephone. When S1
is closed, DC continuity is achieved
via R1, R2, diodes D1-D4, and
transformer T1. This means that
once a call has been received or
originated, the standard Telecom
phone can be hung up, as the LIU
will hold the line in the "looped
condition".
Zener diode D5, LED 1 and current limiting resistor R5 form the
visual "looped line" circuit. Diode
bridge D1-D4 ensures that the LED
will light regardless of line polarity.
Capacitors C1-C3 prevent RF
energy from reaching the diode
bridge. If this was not done,
detected RF would appear as noise
on the telephone line. R1 and R2
also provide RF protection and
some degree of current limiting
should T1 's primary short circuit.
On the amateur side of T1, R4
and R5 provide current limiting in
the event of an RF source being
placed across the line. C4 limits the
current through D6 and D7 if 240V
AC is accidentally connected to the
LIU from the amateur side. The normal function of diodes D6 and D7 is
to serve as an audio signal clipper.
This limits the signal voltages to
0.6V peak. Longitudinal voltages
are prevented from passing through
the LIU by transformer T1,
Note: for the purpose of this article, transverse voltages are those
appearing between the two input
lines. Longitudinal voltages are
common mode voltages; ie, they
may be AC or DC above or below
earth. It is extremely important
that no longitudinal voltage (eg,
240V AC) is fed into the telephone
lines. The isolation transformer
Semiconductors
6 1 N4004 diodes
1 3.3V 1W zener diode
1 5mm red LED
Capacitors
1 2µF 440V capacitor, Jaycar
EE5120 (Telecom approved)
1 2µF 100V polyester
2 0.1 µF 1 00V ceramic
1 0 .01 µF 1 00V ceramic
Resistors
4 100, 0.5W
1 2200, 0.25W
prevents this from happening.
Safety
The LIU must be able to withstand 3500V AC (RMS) at 50Hz applied between either side of the
Telecom line and any external wiring to the amateur equipment. For
*
C4
R4
10!l
o- ¥+\1f
0
2
440V
I
C1
2
2x1N4004
AMATEUR
EQUIPMENT
VIA BANANA
SOCKETS
06
R5
10!l
07
100V
soon
S1a
. . A - - - 0 2 WHITE
05
3.3V
C2
0.1
100V
CERAMIC
TELEPHONE
TYPE CORD
4S44116/1800
TO 605 PLUG
600!l
C3
.01
100V
CERAMIC
R2
10!l
0
S1b
- ~ - - - 0 6 BLUE
*TELECOM APPROVED
AMATEUR TO TELECOM LINE ISOLATION UNIT
Fig.2: the complete circuit diagram for the Line Isolation Unit. Transformer Tl and capacitor C4 provide the necessary
isolation and must he Telecom-approved components (see parts list).
FEBRUARY1988
75
FROM AMATEUR
EQUIPMENT
Fig.3: PCB parts layout and wiring
diagram. Take care with component
orientation.
this reason, the unit is double insulated (ie, installed in a plastic box
with a plastic on-off switch).
When a test voltage of 264V AC
at 50Hz (with a source impedance
of less than 100) is applied across
the amateur side of the LIU, the
voltage across a lMO resistor connected across the Telecom line side
must be less than 30V peak. If you
build the unit correctly according to
this design, these requirements will
be easily met.
In particular, you must use the
exact parts specified in the parts
list if your unit is to satisfy Telecom
standards.
Construction
Printed circuit boards for this
project are available from RCS
Radio (651 Forest Rd, Bexley. Phone
587 3491). Alternatively, you can
use the PCB artwork reproduced
with this article to etch your own
board (Fig.4). Constructors making
their own PCBs should use goodquality fibreglass circuit board,
with a minimum thickness of 2mm.
This grade of circuit board is called
FR-4.
The parts layout on the PCB is
shown in Fig.3 and the accompanying photographs. Prior to assembly,
check the PCB pattern carefully to
ensure that there are no shorts between the tracks. Use a scalpel or
Exacto knife to remove any pieces
of unetched copper.
No particular procedure need be
followed when installing the parts
on the PCB, although it's a good
idea to mount the low-profile components first. Be sure to install the
diodes the right way round. Similarly, be sure to orient the LED correctly - it is connected to the PCB
via two 100mm-long flying leads.
Sleeve the leads of the LED with
plastic tubing to prevent possible
contact with "live" components.
The assembled PCB slides directly into the slots of a plastic zippy
case (DSE Cat. H-2851). Fig.5 shows
the drilling details for the case.
Note that the inside wall adjacent
to the cutout for the moulded
Telecom cable grommet must be filed to a thickness of 2mm.
It will also be necessary to file a
slot in the lip of the lid to clear the
grommet.
You can now fit the switch, LED
and banana sockets to the case and
complete the wiring to these items
as shown in Fig.2.
Now comes the tricky part: that
of connecting the Telecom cable to
the PCB. The problem here is that
the leads of this cable are terminated by small connectors which
are crimped to plastic-covered
tinsel (not wire). If these are heated
excessively (by soldering), the connectors will separate from the
tinsel and you'll have to discard the
cable and buy a new one.
The solution is to make up two
small spade terminals which will
accept the crimp connectors on the
Telecom cable. You can do this by
AIIATIUII TO TRLICO■
LINI IIOLATION UNIT
Fig.4: etching pattern for the PC board.
76
SILICON CHIP
be operated in parallel with the
telephone.
Note that only the blue and white
wires are connected to the PCB.
The red and black wires can be cut
off at the grommet. The other end of
the cable is terminated with a standard Telecom 605 plug. This is plugged into a telephone double adaptor
in parallel with the telephone.
Telephone double adapators and
plugs are available through electronics stores. The Telecom cable
can be purchased from Telecom
Business Offices. Alternatively, you
can buy an extension cable and
adapt it to suit the LIU by removing
the socket.
Rules of operation
The PCB slides directly into the grooves in the plastic case. Note that the
Telecom cable is connected to spade terminals on the back of the PCB.
FRONT VIEW
158
REAR VIEW
- - ~ 1 0 DIA.
•~-¥10DIA.
lr,
I:
30
I
120
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
Fig.5: drilling details for the plastic Zippy case.
hammering flat two 12mm lengths
of 16-gauge tinned copper wire until they are a tight fit into the crimp
connectors. The two terminals are
then re-tinned, bent through 90° at
their mid-points, and soldered to
the "line" pads on the copper side
of the PCB.
No connection is made to the
"phone" pads on the PCB. These
were made redundant when
Telecom agreed that the LIU could
The normal mode of phone-patch
operation is restricted to a home
station, and only at one end of a
radio link. In a normal single-ended
phone-patch connection, the relevant third party regulations apply.
Phone-patch access for mobiles is
permitted via a home station, but
not directly via a repeater.
Repeater contacts can be phonepatched, but only by a home station.
Under WICEN operation (as
distinct from "normal" operation),
or other emergencies involving
natural disasters or life' threatening
situations, double-ended phonepatch operation will be permitted
as a special condition. Under duly
authorised WICEN exercises, training involving the use of double ended phone-patch will be permitted on
a self regulatory basis by the WIA.
The WIA will be responsible for
authorising such exercises and will
keep a record of such exercises and
training arrangements. These
records will include the details of
radio amateurs involved, their
callsigns, and the period of
authorisation.
This authorisation procedure will
be available to any radio amateur
wishing to establish local community emergency arrangements to the
WIA's standard of service. This
can include appropriate community
service activities, and public
displays of the hobby.
Operating guidelines
To operate phone-patch legally,
the following guidelines must be
observed:
FEBRUARY1988
77
(1) Only Telecom authorised
equipment may be connected to the
telephone network.
(2) Operators must use phonepatch in accordance with Department of Transport and Communications regulations, particularly in
relation to handling Third Party
traffic, and must provide station
identification at least every 10
minutes.
(3) Brief the phone party on what
is acceptable and unacceptable
conversation over an amateur radio
link. Any matter which is profane,
obscene, or otherwise objectionable
is not permitted. Transmissions
from Third Parties must be limited
to remarks of a personal nature, for
which, by reason of their unimportance, recourse to the public
telecommunications network is not
justified.
No commercial communication of
any sort is permitted and no charge
can be made by amateurs for providing a phone patch.
Do not hesitate to interrupt a conversation being patched through
your station if you consider that it
may breach regulations.
(4) Explain that the patched conversation will be one way at a time,
and that each party should indicate
that it is the other person's turn to
speak by saying "over".
(5) Keep in mind that the quality
of the phone-patch relies on the
standard of "off air" signals, and
that the transmission of poor quality signals from an amateur station
is not permitted. A poor quality
patch will not assist either party,
and will give amateur radio a bad
name.
(6) Avoid putting to air unnecessary dial clicks and telephone
tones.
(7) If you, as a radio amateur, use
the telephone end of a phone-patch,
avoid the use of your callsign if the
transmission is on a band for which
you are not authorised.
Approval procedure
Prior to connection to any
Telecom lines, the LIU must be submitted for approval to the Wireless
Institute of Australia, VK2 Division,
PO Box 1066, Parramatta, NSW
2150. You should also include your
callsign, name, address, telephone
78
SILICON CHIP
Close-up view showing how the Telecom cable is connected to the two spade
terminals on the back of the PCB. The terminals can be made from tinned
copper wire.
The completed unit with a Telecom authorisation label attached.
number and return postage. When
the unit is received, it will be passed on to Telecom for inspection and
testing. If all is well, the unit will be
returned to the constructor, with an
authorisation label attached. This
label will contain an individual
serial number and must remain on
the LIU as proof of inspection.
Returned units will be accompanied by two relevant connection
forms. However, as this unit is
authorised for self-connect, these
forms will serve only as a notation
on Telecom records that the equipment for your location is authorised
for use. You will also be debited
$24 per year "rental" which will
automatically be billed to your
telephone account.
Recommended reading
"Interconnection of Mobile,
Amateur and Citizen Band
Radiocommunication Services with
the Public Switched Telephone Network", Policy and Conditions Issue
2, June 1985. Available from
Telecom Regulatory Branch,
Melbourne.
Acknowledgements
The author wishes to acknowledge the following for their
assistance in the preparation of
this article: The Wireless Institute
of Australia (WIA), VK3PC,
VK2EGD, VK2ZPW, Telecom
Regulatory Branch (Melbourne),
and RCS Radio Pty Ltd (Sydney).~
BUILD AC) BICENTENNIAL KIT
Build a low cost (high spec)
stereo amplifier!
Economy it might be - but in name and price only! Outstanding
specifications for a built-it-yourself stereo amp - just look! Single
PC B construction, five inputs, around 9W/channel with less than
0.05% THD . . . it'll be perfect for your stereo system
and it WON'T break the bank.
Housed in an attractive slim-line steel case
with screened front panel included! Cat K-4001
• Perfect for the flat, unit, home!
• Great specifications!
• Very low cost!
• Looks great!
Cat K-4001
All this for only
s 12995
FunWay 1 Gift Box
TV Pattern Generator
Free Teletext!
Makes an ideal birthday or Christmas present... and
who knows, it could be the start of an absorbing
hobby in electronics, or even an exciting career!
A build-it-yourself bargain for the serviceman . With
just seven IC's you get three patterns: dot,
crosshatch and blank raster. Includes deluxe front
pane) and VHF modulator. Operates from plugpack adaptor (9V DC).
Cat K-3472
Yep, the Teletext transmissions are yours absolutely
free of charge, courtesy of your local TV station (not
in all areas - sorry!) . All you need is a Teletext
decoder to pick up the latest news, sports results,
financial info, stocks & shares, recipes, ~ c.:_
Cat K-2605
,Jfl,,~;iiii,I~
.
Build your own Teletext decoder - it works through
your VCR so you save a fortune. Complete with
hand controller. CatK-6315
s2&9
lnfrared Remote Switch
FunWay 2 Gift
Pack
With the fantastic lnfrare
Remote Control Switch
you can switch on or off
the TV, lamp, radi
many mains
appliances witho
moving from the
comfort from your
chair . It will
operate up to 12
metres from the
switch
Here's a gift bargain! Over $50
worth of value for less than $40!
This gift pack has been
specially selected for quality
and for value. Cat K-2620
· • . ..
Total Sound Control!
sages
VK Powermaster
Electronic Siren
Just what you need with the alarm! Also makes a
great sound effects circuits ·
and FunWay 2 tells you what to
do! Cat K-2636
sees
Want an amplifier for the 'walkie' stereo or radio?
Don't be tied to 'phones: use this project and listen
in comfort! Or you can build this into a mini PA
amplifier. Cat K-2667
.
$
1865
H·u ge 25A peak with suitable transformer! That's
power ... and it's simple to build. For HF gear,
linears, and so on, this one has the oomph you
need . Short-form kit: you choose the transformer
you want to suit the output required :
M-2010 transformer gives 14A continuous
M-2000 transformer gives 6A continuous
Cat K-3448
How's this? An. infra red remote control for your
sound system that also gives you full tone , balance,
volume and switching control from your armchair!
It's great to be able to settle back in your armchair
and change the sound!
Complete kit includes remote control handpiece,
adapts to virtually ANY audio system. Cat K-4003
s129es
Mini Stereo Amp
~
Cat K-3428
j J _...___
~p~
Musicolor IV
What's better than a colour organ and chaser? The
Musicolor Mk IV: it combines both in one unit! Four
chase patterns plus auto chase and reverse chase
~~~:,e,:; °""°"''
-: :~ ff s135
colo"mgaowi>o bW,.~i" mic
DICK<at>SMITH
ELECTRONICS
PTY LTD
•' ; h •
Also available through DSXpress
Toll Free (008) 22 6610
PT. ·4 -
AUSTRALIA'S FIRST 100 YEARS i'OF RAIL
'I'HE EVOLUTION OF
ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
Australia entered the railway age
around 1850. In the following years,
railways changed the face of our
country, sometimes at a startling rate.
By BRYAN MAHER
In Sydney, a start was made at
Redfern and a ceremonial sod was
turned in 1850, but progress was
slow and arguments raged over
what gauge to choose. The companies knew full well that the
English Parliament Bill of 1840 required all railways to be built to the
standard 4ft 8-1/2in, but were also
80
SILICON CHIP
aware that the same Parliament
had ratified Ireland's decision to
adopt the 5ft 3in "Irish" gauge.
Now the Sydney Railway Company had employed an Irishman,
Mr. Shields, as chief designer who
promptly decided that Sydney's
railway should be built to 5ft 3in
gauge.
Simultaneously, another group,
the Hunter River Railway Company,
was formed to construct a standard
gauge system from Newcastle to
Maitland and north, while three different companies were making
plans to link Melbourne with Port
Melbourne and Geelong.
Of the three Melbourne starters,
only one, the Melbourne And Hobson's Bay Railway Company, actually built a railway. They also had
an Irish engineer who, reinforced
by the Sydney Railway Company's
choice of a 5ft 3in gauge, chose that
gauge for Victoria. Their first train
ran from Flinders Street to Sandridge in September 1854, winning
the honour as the first train in
Australia.
THE NSW "58" CLASS steam
locomotive weighed 228 tonnes,
developed 2475 horsepower
(1.85MW), and produced 51,000lhs
drawhar pull. (Photo courtesy
◄ SRA, NSW).
By 1857 a service was opened
from Geelong to Melbourne, partly
by train and partly by ferry. Sad to
say, by 1861 the Railway Company
was no longer financially viable
and a State Government takeover
was necessary.
Meanwhile, back in Sydney town,
engineer Mr. Shields had been succeeded by Mr. Wallace, an
Englishman and proud of it, a
staunch believer in Rule Britannia
and English laws and customs. Yes
you guessed it, bemused reader,
their new engineer would have no
part of this 5ft 3in nonsense and
pointing out the error of their ways
told his masters, the Sydney
Railway Company, that he would
build to the English standard 4ft
8-1/2in gauge. And he did.
The next year, 1855, some 379
days behind the Victorians, the first
train in NSW ran from Redfern to
Granville (then called Parramatta).
Within five years the line had been
extended to Blacktown, with
Penrith reached by 1863.
In Newcastle, the Hunter River
Railway Company opened its line in
1857. This was after four years of
planning, surveys, financial
troubles and building, but the company had been forced to accept
Government intervention.
Both the Sydney and the Hunter
r
TRAINS IN THE STREETS: the "space-age" 520 class 4-8-4 express locomotive
was once the pride of the South Australian Railways. It is shown here
standing at Port Pirie station in 1947. (Bryan Maher photo).
River Railway Companies remained
solvent for less than one year from
their start of operations. By the end
of 1855 both had been taken over by
the NSW Government, believed to
be the first time ever a Government
had owned and operated a railway.
South Australia joined the club
only 210 days after Sydney's big
opening ceremony by building a 5ft
3in gauge line from Adelaide to Port
Adelaide. This extended to Gawler
the next year, 1857, and to Victor
Harbour by 1864.
Queensland, for economy, chose
the narrow 3ft 6in gauge for their
first line which was nowhere near
Brisbane, but ran west from
Ipswich to Grandchester in 1865
and to Gatton the next year. Construction of the next westward
stage to Toowoomba involved the
ascent of the Great Dividing Range
but remarkably that task took only
one more year, in 1867.
Turning south, the builders constructed their line along the
western side of and roughly
parallel to the range to reach Warwick in 1871. Only then was
Brisbane City to enter into the
railway age, the extension from
Ipswich to Brisbane being completed in 1875.
PICTURED AT Port Pirie Junction in
1949, the Commonwealth Railways
Class CN 75 was a 4-6-0 locomotive
of American-style design. (Bryan
Maher photo).
FEBRUARY1988
81
THE FIRST FIVE NSW "38" class steam locomotives were streamlined, weighed 201 tonnes, produced 2250 horsepower
and were built by Clyde Engineering. The one-piece cast steel mainframe included the front buffer beam, all cylinders
and the main air reservoir, as well as mountings for the axle-boxes, boiler, air pumps and firebox. (Photo courtesy SRA).
In company with Queensland,
and again for economic reasons,
Western Australia, Tasmania and
Northern Territory all finished up
with narrow gauge 3ft 6in systems,
although for a short while
Tasmania went through a silly
period with two different companies building in different gauges,
5ft 3in and 3ft 6in.
After a Western Australian logging line had run from Brusselton to
Yogamw for seven or eight years, a
passenger and freight railway was
put into operation from Geraldton
to Northampton in 1879. Thus it
was not until 1881 that the citizens
of Perth saw their first line from
Perth to Fremantle. The Geraldton
and Perth systems remained
separate for another 13 years until
finally joined in 1894.
82
SILICON CHIP
New South Wales
The NSW system quickly extended westwards over the Blue Mountains, reaching Bourke by 1885.
Simultaneously, construction proceeded south from Sydney to reach
Albury by 1881 with connection to
Melbourne two years later.
All this time, Newcastle had been
the centre of the thriving Northern
Railway System. By 1857, the track
extended as far north as Maitland,
then followed more tracklaying
through the lush green Hunter
River valley via Singleton,
Muswellbrook and Murrurundi. So
far so good. But ahead was the
steep climb up the Great Dividing
Range.
Undaunted, the builders attacked
the mountain and with many a
twisting turn and some large creek
bridges managed to reach the summit in the middle of the Ardglen tunnel. From there, the line proceeded
down a steep slope to the plateau
levels of Willow Tree and Quirindi.
To this day that section remains
exactly the same steep, single
track, but track circuit signalling,
heavy rail and centralised traffic
control keep trains moving quickly.
Loaded trains still require doubleheading over the peak of the grade
with the powerful 81 class dieselelectric locomotives.
Driving on northwards the track
builders reached Tamworth by
1878, famous for having installed
the first electric street lighting in
an Australian country city. But the
proposed line ahead looked
awesome indeed.
To reach prospective customers
the line ascended ever upward to
Armidale, Guyra and Glen Innes.
And it reached higher still through
the tiny town of Ben Lamond, at
4517 feet above sea level, the
highest trainline on this continent,
and higher than most standard
gauge railways of Europe.
Thankfully, from this point, the
terrain falls all the way to the
Queensland border and Newcastleto-Brisbane travel was a safe, comfortable affair by 1888.
Farmers Australia-wide then
twisted the political arms of every
government and in short order
branch lines snaked out all over the
country, giving rail access to 90%
of our sons-of-the-land and their
produce by 1900.
Built partly as "ballot box expediency", many branches were built
too cheaply and quickly, with steep
grades, sharp curves and very light
rail. Our entire country is even yet
suffering the resultant legacy of
slow running speeds and high
operating costs.
Locomotives
NSW locomotives began with little No.1, an 0-4-2 type, to be followed by a few small designs until
mass production of the fast "12"
class began in 1877. The heavier
but slower "S" or "30" class, a
4-6-4 tank type of which hundreds
were built, was the mainstay of
Sydney's suburban steam trains
from 1880 to 1930, and of Newcastle's right up to the late 1950's.
Between 1890 and the turn of the
century, two steam locomotive
classes important to the development of the state were built. These
were the 4-6-0 "P" or 32 and 33
class for passenger service, and the
2-8-0 "T" or 50 and 51 class built in
Sydney by the Clyde Engineering
Company. More than 100 of each
class were built and all did stirling
service for 70 or so years.
The pride of the state for many
years was the "36" class. Especially at night, their "snorting" sound
and the glare of their headlamp
gave such an impression of immense power wanting to be
unleashed that the lure of being
carried to places unknown changed
many FI bystander into an avid
woulrl-be traveller. Every night the
EXPERIMENT AL ELECTRIC tram car No.3, as used in Sydney· during the 1890s.
It used a direct current overhead trolley wire system. (Photo SRA/UTA
Archives).
prestige Melbourne Limited Express roared out of Sydney headed
by two of these well-loved machines
and who could but not watch in
awe.
Forty two of this class were built
from 1924 on, but around 1942 even
they were eclipsed by New South
Wales' last steam design, the
"C38" class.
South Australia
South Australia in 1886 made
history by joining the Victorian
system at Serviceton using the
same 5ft 3in gauge. After further
expansion, South Australia declared the broad gauge too expensive for some small lines and built
tracks north of Port Pirie in the
cheaper 3ft 6in gauge.
Years later, in 1917, the Federal
Government, to its everlasting
credit, built the Trans-Australian
Railway from Port Augusta to
Kalgoorlie in the English standard
gauge, extending to Port Pirie in
1937. Thus it is that Port Pirie
(along with the city of Vaxjo in
Sweden) qualifies as a member of a
very exclusive club - those having
railway yards where some tracks
have four rails.
Parts of the Port Pirie yard use
one common rail on the left, a second rail 3ft 6in to the right, a third
rail at 4ft 8-1/2in and a fourth rail
at 5ft 3in. Wow! The sight of a set
of points on such a track is a joy to
behold!
That changed again in December
1986 when Australian National
changed the 5ft 3in Adelaide-Port
Pirie track to standard gauge by
moving one rail inwards 165mm
over the whole 160km length of
single track. It also constructed
12km of new track. Islington terminal now has mixed-gauge tracks,
including dual-gauge points.
South Australia's 5ft 3in Irish
gauge system could boast some excellent examples of large steam
locomotive design in the American
style. This was exemplified in the
520 class streamlined 4-8-4 express
locos and the 500 class 4-8-4 which
were among the most powerful
locomotives ever to run in this
country.
The 500 class was unique in that
they had an extra set of steam
pistons and cylinders driving the
four trailing bogie wheels under the
firebox. This increased the
drawbar pull at low speeds, being
disconnected for high speed
running.
The present scene in Queensland
holds records for the longest
regular trip in one state-operated
train, while their coal trains are
FEBRUARY1988
83
copper conductors, that span with
a 61-metre sag in the middle has
each phase supported by a pyramid
structure made of three 18-metre
wooden poles sunk 4.3 metres into
the rocky hilltop.
The whole 66kV line from
Hamilton substation in Newcastle
to St. Leonards substation in
Sydney was designed to carry 200
amperes, and at full current 6000
volts was lost over the length of the
line. For the first time in Australia,
two large cities had their power
systems synchronised and joined.
Victorian electrics
INTRODUCED IN 1923, the LP class was the first electric tram car in
Newcastle. (Photo SRA/UTA Archives).
believed to be the second largest in
the world on narrow gauge, but
more of that in a later episode.
A side effect of the choice of narrow gauge is the ability to turn a
train in a tighter curve, allowing
branch and main lines to be laid in
a city street and even turn a 90
degree corner. Rockhampton and
other cities regret this to the present day. Even Brisbane people suffered freight trains in the streets of
"The Gabba" up until 1973.
Early electrification
The absolute first Electric Traction of any type in Australia was an
electric tramway using a direct current overhead trolley wire system
in Sydney, from Waverley to Bondi
Junction. This was in operation
from 9th November, 1890. Direct
current supply was generated by
the New South Wales Railways at
an installation a short distance
away in the direction of Randwick.
That little DC generator near
Randwick marked the first entry into the electricity generating
business by the NSW Railways,
starting an enterprise which continued to grow for the following
seventy years.
The Railways Department during
that time not only generated all
power used by electric trams,
trains, stations , yardlighting,
workshops and signals in the
Newcastle, Sydney and Blue Mountains districts, they also supplied,
84
SILICON CHIP
owned and operated at Newcastle
the largest electric and hydraulic
coal loading wharf system on the
Pacific Ocean.
Furthermore, in that period the
New South Wales Railways
operated 50Hz and 25Hz coal burning power stations at Ultimo and
White Bay in Sydney and at Zara
Street in Newcastle, and for a long
time owned some of the largest synchronous motors in Australia, 10
megawatts in Newcastle and 30
megawatts in Sydney.
During that time the Zara Street
plant supplied 90 percent of all
power used in Newcastle and its
suburbs by domestic and industrial
users. Expanding gradually, the
Railways Department built and
operated a large system of high
voltage feeders from their power
stations to many country towns and
cities.
33kV lines ran from Newcastle to
the Hunter River Valley and up the
north coast towards Grafton. 66kV
lines ran from Sydney to the Blue
Mountains and also Australia's
first intercity power line interconnector, also a 66kV line, was built
in 1942 to join Newcastle and
Sydney.
One 960-metre long span of that
Newcastle-Sydney interconnector
across the Hawkesbury River was
believed to be the longest power
line span on wooden poles in the
world. Originally built using
19-strand 10-gauge cadmium-
Melbourne became the first
Australian city to boast electric
suburban trains when in 1918 some
wooden carriages , previously
steam-hauled, were converted to
electric traction by the fitting of
pantographs, control gear and new
bogies containing electric motors.
Overhead wiring construction
was proceeding on a number of
suburban lines and the first electric
train ran from Sandringham to
Essendon in 1919. Construction of
AC-DC substations and overhead
conductors above the tracks continued and Melbourne's 1500 volt
DC electric suburban railway
system eventually grew very large.
Australia's early use of electric
locomotives was confined to the
coalfields in the eastern corner of
Victoria where the very considerable brown coal deposits are
mined by open cut methods. Victoria's first electrically hauled coal
train ran in 1923.
Melbourne trams
The Melbourne Electric Tramway system has, since quite early
days, been working with the
railways in shifting millions of people. Nowadays this system is the only extensive electric tramway
system remaining in Australia.
A shining example to the rest of
Australia, Melbourne has extended
its tram-tracks and purchased
many new tramcars. The up-to-date
"Z" class, of which 215 new cars
have been put into service over a
ten-year period, are being
augmented by the latest order of 52
modern "A" class trams.
In 1985, a $100 million contract
continued on page 93
'
'
1f1-'l
There are two basic types of digital logic circuits,
combinational and sequential. Combined circuits are
made up of logic gates connected in a variety of configurations. Combinational circuits typically have
multiple inputs and outputs. Their outputs are a function of the input states, the types of gates used, and
how they are interconnected.
Sequential logic circuits also contain gates, but
their main element is a logic circuit we have not yet
discussed; it's called the flipflop. A flipflop is a circuit
used for storing one bit of data. Because flipflops are a
kind of memory circuit, they permit a variety of
storage and timing operations to be performed. Some
of those operations include counting, shifting, sequencing and delay generation.
In this lesson, you are going to learn about the
various types of flipflops and how they are used. In a
future lesson, we will cover more advanced sequential
logic circuits, including counters and shift registers.
Note: in the following discussion, we use the expression "high" to refer to a binary 1 logic level or some
positive voltage in the + 3V to + 5V range. "Low" is
used to designate a binary 0 logic level, which is
ground or Oto + 0.2V.
Data latches
The simplest form of flipflop is the latch or RS
flipflop. Like all other flipflops, this type is capable of
storing one bit of data. It has two inputs and two outputs, and is usually represented by the simple logic
block shown in Fig.1. For example: to store a binary 1,
you apply a signal momentarily to the set input. To
store a binary 0 in the latch, you momentarily apply a
logic signal to the reset input.
Once the latch is set or reset by the input pulse, it
remains in that state. The flipflop remembers which
state it was set to (0 or 1) until the state is changed, or
until power to the circuit is removed.
To determine which bit is stored in the latch, you
look at the outputs. By examining the normal output
with a voltmeter, logic probe or oscilloscope you can
determine which state the flipflop is in. If the normal
output is binary 1, then the flipflop is set and storing
binary 1.
If the normal output is binary 0, the flipflop is reset
and binary 0 is being stored. The complementary output is an inverted version of the normal output and is
useful when the latch is used to drive other logic
circuits.
Incidentally, you will note that in Fig.1 the outputs
of a flipflop are normally labelled with letters of the
alphabet. Q is commonly used with flipflops, but other
letters of the alphabet or other multi-letter combinations can be used too. Also, when a line or a bar appears over a letter as in Q, that signal is the reverse of
its counterpart, Q. That is to say, if Q is low, then Q (Qbar) will be high and vice versa.
A latch or RS flipflop is easily constructed with
NAND gates as shown in Fig.2. The gates are conINPUTS
OUTPUTS
SET~NORMAL
RESET--l_r-coMPLEMENT
Fig.1: the logic symbol for an RS (reset-set) flipflop.
Note the complementary outputs (Q and Q-bar).
1-"EBRUARY 1988
85
nected with the output of each connected to the input
of the other. The operation of a latch is easy to understand if you remember how a NAND gate works. The
simple truth table in Fig.2 will refresh your memory.
TRUTH TABLE OF
NANO GATE
INPUTS
A
D
1
1
1
D
1
0
0
Q
Fig.2: an RS flipflop constructed of
NAND
gates.
When power is first applied to a flipflop circuit, it
comes up in one of its two stable states. Because of
minor differences between the two gates, the circuit
will flip to either the set or reset state immediately
upon power-up. It is not possible to predict which state
will occur.
Let's assume that the flipflop initially comes up in
its set state. That means that the Q output is binary 1.
This binary 1 also appears at the input of gate 2
together with the reset input. The reset input is shown
open here and this has the same effect as a binary 1
input. With those conditions on gate 2, its output will
be a binary 0.
The output of gate 2 is applied back to the input of
gate 1. The set input is open and has the effect of a
binary 1. However, it has no effect on the circuit,
because the binary 0 input to gate 1 causes its output
to remain high.
Just to be sure you understand the idea, trace the
circuit state by assuming the flipflop comes up in the
reset condition. Start out with the Q-bar output being
binary 1 and repeat the above analysis.
Keep in mind that the set and reset inputs will not
normally be open. Instead, they will be held at binary
1 level. To change the state of the flipflop, either the
set or reset input must be pulled momentarily to the
binary O level.
Assume that the flipflop is initially set with the Q
output being binary 1. If we want to reset the latch, we
simply apply a brief pulse that switches from binary 1
to binary 0 and back again. The•binary 0 input on gate
2 immediately forces its output high. That high output
to the input of gate 1 along with the high set input
causes the Q output to go low. The flipflop thus
changes state from set to reset.
Incidentally, if another reset pulse is applied to the
reset input, no additional change of state will occur.
Similarly, if the flipflop is already set, additional set
pulses will have no effect on the circuit.
u--~___.r
1
C
D
1
D
1
I I
RESET:---,---~
OUT ,
B
D
D
1
1
1
SET
0
AMBIGUOUS STATE'_/
Fig.4: input and output waveforms for a latch.
show all possible states of a latch. The truth table in
Fig.3 shows the various combinations of inputs and
outputs. We should explain that there are two special
input conditions. When both inputs are binary 1, the
state of the latch is not affected. Since we don't know
which state the latch is in, we simply designate the
output with the letter X - which, of course, can represent 1 or 0.
Another special condition occurs when both inputs
are binary 0. That will force both outputs to the binary
1 level. Looking at the Q output, you will see a binary 1
output and, therefore, would suppose that the the
flipflop is set. However, that is not the case because
the Q-bar output is also a binary 1, implying that reset
is an ambiguous state that does not represent either
the set or reset condition.
It should be avoided by eliminating the possibility
that both inputs could go to binary 0 simultaneously.
The operation of the latch can also be illustrated
with input and output waveforms as shown in Fig.4.
Take a minute to look over those signals to be sure you
understand the operation of a flipflop. The way to do it
is simply to observe the Q output to determine the
state of the flipflop. Note how the set and reset inputs
change it. The Q-bar output, of course, is simply an inversion of the Q output except in the ambiguous state.
You can also construct a latch using NOR rather
than NAND gates. A NOR latch is shown in Fig.5. The
flipflop has normal and complement outputs, but note
that the positions of the set and reset inputs have been
reversed. Because the operation of a NOR gate is different to that of a NAND gate, the signals used to
change the state of the flipflop must be binary 1 rather
than binary 0, as with NAND gates.
To tell the truth
Fig.5: RS flipflop
constructed of N OR gates.
As with logic gates, a truth table can be used to
IT INPUTS
OUTPUTS
II S
R
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
X
1
1
Fig.3: the truth table
for an RS flipflop.
86
SILICON CHIP
u
1
INPUTS
ij I
SET RESET
1• .
D
D
D
1
1
1
i
X = EITHER D DR 1
• = AMBIGUOUS STATE
Fig.6: truth table for a
NOR
latch.
D
1
D
1
OUTPUTS
0
ij
X
D
X
1
D
1
D
o·
X = EITHER D DR 1
• = AMBIGUOUS STATE
,
SET
0
,
nJ1
I
0:J
I
~1I
I
I
I
I I
RESET
0
I
,I
0
I
L
I
I
I
i
n
AMBIGUOUS S ! A T E ~
Fig.7: timing waveforms for a
NOR
latch.
Normally, both the set and reset inputs will be
binary 0. At that time, the flipflop will either be in its
set or reset state. To change the state of the flipflop, a
momentary binary 1 pulse is applied to either the set
or reset input. Fig.6 shows the truth tble for a NOR
latch. The operation of that circuit is further described by the timing waveforms shown in Fig.7.
clearly defined logic levels are created by that simple
circuit, the problem lies in the garbage generated by
the switch in the brief time while it being is opened or
closed. The waveforms of Fig.8 illustrate that effect.
Fig.9 shows a latch debounce circuit. A singlepole, double-throw (SPDT) switch must be used in this
application. While the contacts still bounce at the inputs to the latch, they have no affect on the output.
Recall that if a signal is repeatedly applied to the set
or reset input, the flipflop will not change. The result
is an output signal that follows the switch conditions,
but whose transitions from Oto 1 to Oare clean.
A NOR latch can also be used for switch debouncing,
as shown in Fig.10. However, note that the switch input is + 5V, or a binary 1, rather than ground (binary
0) as in the NAND latch. Apart from that, the operation
of the circuit is similar.
.,.
+5V
.
Debounce
A popular application for a latch is switch debouncing. Whenever two metal contacts are opened or closed, they will often vibrate or not cleanly make contact
for a short duration. Any dirt or other foreign matter
on the contacts will aggravate the problem. The result
is multiple pulses or spikes during opening or closing.
Such noise can falsely trigger logic circuits.
A typical arrangement is shown in Fig.8. With the
switch open, the output is a binary 1 level, as seen
through the resistor. When the switch is closed, the
output is brought to ground or binary 0. While clean,
CONTACT BOUNCE
NOISE
SWITCHOPEN(+5V)
~
/
~
t
Fig.10: a NOR latch
used for switch
de bouncing .
Clocked RS flipflop
The latch or RS flipflop is an asynchronous sequential circuit. That means that the output changes state
immediately upon application of the input signals. On
the other hand, some logic circuits act in response to a
master timing signal called a clock. A clock is an
oscillator circuit that generates a fixed-frequency
periodic sequence of pulses that are used to control all
timing and sequencing operations in a digital circuit.
Logic circuits controlled by a clock are referred to
as synchronous because all changes of state are initiated and occur in step with the clock signals. Clocked logic circuits are more predictable and are generally immune to "race" conditions that exist in some
,,T
oi------
Fig.11: a clockdriven RS flipflop.
SWITCH CLOSED (OV)
Fig.8: waveform for undesired switch-contact bounce
,
SET
0
+5V
RESET
~~,
I
OL~
I..---_
a
o- - - - ---,
I
CLOCK
+5V
Fig.9: a NAND latch used for
switch debouncing.
0
Fig.12: timing waveforms for a clocked latch.
FEBRUARY1988
87
OATAINPUT=O=Q
CLOCK
CK
Q
Fig.13: logic symbol
for a D-type flipflop
D
CK
Q
0
0
0
1
0
1
X
0
X
1
1
1
1
D
0
III
1
CK
Fig.15: truth table
for a D-type flipflop.
0
I
Fig.16: timing waveforms for a D-type flipflop.
Fig.14: a D-type flipflop made from a quad 2input NAND integrated circuit chip.
asynchronous circuits.
A basic latch can be used synchronously, as shown
in Fig.11. Here the set and reset inputs are buffered by
NAND gates. The operation of those NAND gates is controlled by the clock. It is assumed that the latch is a
NAND flipflop with set and reset inputs which must
momentarily be switched to the binary O condition to
cause a change of state.
To set the latch, a binary 1 is applied to the set input
and a binary O is applied to the reset input. With those
inputs, the latch does not change state immediately.
The reason for this is that the clock is normally in the
low position. That inhibits the NAND gates, keeping
their outputs high and the latch unaffected. When a
binary 1 clock pulse occurs, the NAND gates are enabled and the set and reset input signals are applied to
the S and R inputs of the latch. The S input goes low
while the R input remains high. The result is that the
latch is set and the Q output goes to binary 1.
To reset the latch, the reset input is made binary 1
and the set input is made binary O. When a binary 1
clock pulse occurs, the latch changes states.
This form of synchronous operation is better illustrated with timing diagrams as shown in Fig.12.
Various input and output conditions are illustrated.
Note that the actual change of state occurs on the
positive-going or O to 1 transition of the first clock
pulse following an input-state change.
input is required to initiate the change of state. Note
that when the clock is 0, the flipflop simply remains in
the state to which it changed on a previous clock
pulse.
When the clock pulse is binary 1, the latch stores
the input state. If the input is binary 1 while the clock
is high, the latch will set and its output will be binary
1. If the input is binary O while the clock is high, the
latch will reset and the normal output will be binary 0.
Keep in mind that while the clock input is high, the
normal output directly follows the signal applied to the
D input. Ordinarily the clock only occurs for a very
short interval. Because of the input gating circuits,
ambiguous states cannot occur in D-type flipflops.
The waveforms in Fig.16 summarise the operation
of the D-type flipflop. All possible combinations of inputs and outputs shown in the truth table are repeated
in the timing diagrams. Take a look through them to
confirm your knowledge of the circuit's operation.
Storage registers
One of the main uses for D-type flipflops is to form
storage registers. A storage register is a circuit
capable of storing a binary word. One flipflop is need+5V0---+------+------<1----
D-type flipflop
The D-type flipflop is a variation of the gated latch
and it is a synchronous circuit in that it uses a clock
signal to control the setting and resetting operations.
The main difference between the D-type flipflop and
the gated latch is that the D-type circuit has a single
input, as shown in Fig.13. To set the flipflop, a binary 0
is applied to the data input. The flipflop transfers the
input value to its output when a clock pulse occurs.
Fig.14 shows a D-type flipflop with NAND gates.
With that arrangement, a D-type flipflop can be quickly constructed out of a standard quad 2-input NAND
gate. However, that is not usually necessary as ICs
containing 2, 4 or 8 D-type flipflops are readily
available.
The truth table in Fig.15 illustrates D-type flipflop
operation. Here we are assuming that a binary 1 clock
88
SILICON CHIP
r· ------- ------- ------- --- - ,
O
I
SWITCH I
REGISTER I
O I
I
I
I
_ I
I
. I
-----
------ -----
+5V0-------------4>----___,
Fig.17: a 4-bit storage register.
___ J
ed for each bit in the word. For example, to store one
byte of data, eight flipflops are needed.
Fig.17 shows a storage register for a 4-bit word. The
parallel inputs to the register are supplied by a set of
switches referred to as a switch register. The switch
register allows you to manually select a binary word
to be stored in the register. The output of the register
drives light-emitting diode (LED) driver circuits, to indicate the flipflop states.
Note that flipflop A is designated as the most significant bit (MSB), while flipflop D is the least significant
bit (LSB). Therefore, in Fig.17, the word stored is 1010.
JK flipflops
The most versatile form of storage circuit is the JK
flipflop. It can perform the functions of both RS and Dtype flipflops but also has its own unique features. The
JK flipflop is widely used to form storage registers but
finds its greatest application in sequential logic circuits such as counters and registers. You will learn
more about these circuits in a future lesson.
The symbol used to represent a JK flipflop is shown
in Fig.18. We won't discuss the internal logic circuits
of a JK flipflop because they are somewhat complex.
Besides, you don't really need to know what's inside to
understand its operation or to use it.
The JK flipflop has five inputs and two outputs. The
S and C inputs, meaning "set" and "clear", are
similar in operation to the set and reset inputs on a
basic latch.
The J and K inputs are synchronous inputs similar to
the set and reset inputs on a gated latch. "J" means
set while "K" means reset. The T input is for the clock.
Finally, standard normal (Q) and complement (Q-bar)
outputs are generally provided.
The S and C inputs are asynchronous in nature.
Those inputs are normally held high and in that state
have no affect on the operation of the flipflop.
However, to set or reset the flipflop as you would an
ordinary latch, momentary low signals are applied as
needed. For example, to reset the flipflop, a binary 0
pulse would be applied to the C input. The normal output would then go to the binary O state.
The truth table in Fig.19 illustrates the effect that
the S and C inputs have on the outputs. The results are
identical to those obtained with the NAND latch
discussed earlier. It is necessary to avoid the condiSET
SET
Fig.18: logic symbol
for a JK flipflop.
NORMAL
CLOCK--T
RESET
COMPLEMENT
CLEAR
Fig.19: truth table for the S and C
inputs of a JK flipflop.
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
s
C
Q
Q
0
0
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
0
X
1•
1
0
1
x
X = EITHER 1 OR 0
• = AMBIGUOUS STATE AB
(a)
(b)
Fig.20: clock pulses showing negative (a) and positive (h)
edge triggering.
tion where both Sand C inputs are low, so that the ambiguous state can be avoided.
The asynchronous S and C inputs override the J, K
and T synchronous inputs and their effect is
immediate.
The main application for the S and C inputs is
presetting. To preset a flipflop means to put it into one
state or another prior to another operation taking
place. An example is the resetting of a storage
register. Resetting or clearing a register means setting
all the flipflops to the binary O state. That can be done
by connecting all the C inputs of the flipflops together
and applying a low pulse. The register is then said to
be cleared.
Presetting can also mean setting the flipflop. Occasionally it is necessary to load a specific binary
number into a register prior to another operation
beginning. By the use of external gates connected to
the S and C inputs, any binary number can be preloaded into the register.
Now let's consider the synchronous inputs. As in a
gated latch, the J and K inputs are used to set and
reset the flipflop but under the control of a clock
pulse. If the J input is made binary 1 and the K input
binary 0, the flipflop will be set when the clock pulse
occurs. If the J input is a binary O and the K input is a
binary 1, the flipflop is reset on the occurrence of the
clock pulse.
In most JK flipflops, that change of state occurs on
the trailing or negative edge of the clock signal, as illustrated in Fig.20a. Some flipflops initiate a set or
reset operation on the positive or leading edge of the
clock signal as shown in Fig.20b. Negative edge triggering, however, is more common.
When both the J and K inputs are held at binary 0,
nothing happens. Even when a clock pulse occurs, no
change of state occurs. The flipflop simply remains in
the state in which it was previously set.
When both the J and K inputs are binary 1, an
unusual action occurs. When a clock pulse appears,
the flipflop will be toggled or complemented. What
that means is that on the trailing edge of the clock
pulse, the flipflop will simply change state. That unique feature of the JK flipflop allows it to be used in a
variety of counter and frequency divider circuits as
you will see. Fig.21 illustrates the toggling or complementing mode of operation.
Synchronous operation of the JK flipflop is summarised by the truth table in Fig.22 which shows the
four possible combinations of the JK inputs.
Note that the output is expressed in two ways. First,
the Qn column is the normal output state of the
FEBRUARY1988
89
f--:- CLOCK PERIOD
M
1
CLOCK
0
1
0
CLOCK (T)
01---'
I
OUTPUT PERIOD •
0
I
1---...;
Q
Fig.21: the toggling or complementing of a JK flipflop by
a clock when the JK inputs equal 1.
I• INPUTS
J
K
0
0
0
1
1
1
D
1
0
Fig.23: synchronous timing waveforms of a JK flipflop.
OUTPUTS
On On+1
X
X
X
0
1
X
X
X
3.2MHz
Fig.22: truth table showing
synchronous operation of
a JK flipflop.
6.4MHz
CLOCK
INPUT
X=EITHEROOR1
flipflop. All entries in that column are designated X
which means that the flipflop may be either set or
reset. The other output column is designated Qn + 1 .
That is also the normal output, but it designates the
state of the flipflop after the occurrence of a clock
pulse with the designated JK inputs.
Fig.23 shows the timing waveforms of a JK flipflop.
Work your way through those diagrams from left to
right to be sure that you understand all conditions trailing edge triggering is assumed.
Frequency dividers
As indicated earlier, the JK flipflop finds its greatest
use in various kinds of registers and counters. We
won't discuss those here as a complete lesson is
devoted to them later. However, we do want to illustrate several simple applications.
A major JK flipflop application is in frequency
A.C.E.
R
s
NOTE: ALL JK INPUTS = 1
Fig.24: cascading JK flipflops to form a frequency
divider.
dividers. Refer to the input and output signals of a
typical JK flipflop as shown previously in Fig.21. Note
that each time a negative-going transition occurs, the
flipflop will toggle. Because of that, the output of the
flipflop is one half the frequency of the input. We say
that the flipflop is a divide-by-2 circuit. If a 100Hz input signal is applied to the flipflop, the output will be a
50Hz signal.
JK flipflops can be cascaded to perform frequency
division by multiples of 2 (4, 8, 16, 32 etc). In Fig.24 we
show four JK flipflops cascaded with the normal output of one connected to the T input of the next.
Naturally, each flipflop divides by 2. With the 6.4MHz
ESTABLISHED OVER THIRTY YEARS
1 0B/3 Kenneth Road, Manly Vale 2093.
Telephone (02) 949 4871.
cn
microbee
0/1/)computer
COMPUTERS & COMPONENTS
Reconditioned "pre-loved" Microbee 32K personal
computers. These units are in good condition,
requiring only a suitable 12V DC power supply and
interface cable to put it to work on your VDU.
1
1r·i·•:,~1-'.ttta
A genuine bargain at only $210.00 . P&P NSW
$4.30; interstate $6.50.
The Compack Printer Stacker - dispenses your
printer paper, eliminates cluttered table tops.
Will support a 30kg printer. Tray capacity 500
cont. sheets (8.5 x 11 in).
Price $30.60. P&P $3.50.
SILICON CHIP
400kHz
BOOkHz
ELECTRONICS CENTRE
The solution to paper
& printer
problems!
90 .
1.6MHz
12V DC 1 amp power supply - $15.95. P&P
NSW $3 .50; interstate $5.00.
New PC Boards
MB8431 Anti Glitch Card
........ $3.50
MB8346 Viatel Card ............ ......... $3.50
Give your floppies
a safe home
DX-100B diskette file - stores 100 5.25in
floppies; lockable (2 keys supplied).
Special price to SILICON CHIP readers: only $26.50.
P&P $2.00.
We also have a 3.5in version that holds 90 disks.
Price $18.95 plus $2.00 P&P.
These p1 ices can 't last so get in quickly.
+5V
I II III II II I I II I I
I
II
I
I
II I
112•74LS113
14
I I IIIIIII
I
III
11
I
1
1
-
1k
10k
1
_____,
~---'-------'---'---'I
1
-'--J..
1
1
1
1
1 1
I I I I I
1
I
r
L
Fig.25: output waveforms from a 4-stage frequency
divider. Negative edge triggering is used.
input shown , the flipfl op outputs are 3.2MHz. 1.6MHz,
800kHz and 400kHz. The wa veforms of Fig.25 show
th e full operation of the circuit.
The division fa ctor for a given number of flipflops is
shown by the equation below. F represents the frequency division rati o whi ch is equal to 2 raised to the
power n, whe re n is the number of flipflops in the
c hain . With four flipfl ops. the frequ ency ra tio is :
F = 2 11 = 2 4
Learn by building
Fig.26 shows a simple circuit you can build to
unde rstand the opera tion of a JK flipflop. Here a 555
time r IC is connected as a clock. It generates a clock
signal that will r epea tedly toggle the JK flipflop
whenever the pushbutton switch is depressed. When
the switch is r eleased, the JK inputs a re held low a nd
.,.
>
NORMALLY CLOSED
PUSH BUTTON
SWITCH
Fig.26: a coin flipflop simulator illustrating the
operation of a JK flipflop.
the clock has no effect on the flipflop.
The outputs of the JK flipflop are connected to LED
driver circuits. You will find that the outputs will
always be complementary, with one LED on while the
other is off.
The circuit simulates the flipping of a coin. For example, heads might represent set while tails indicates
reset. To flip the coin, all you do is press the pushbutton switch. The JK inputs go high. The flipflop will then
toggle repeatedly for a period of time.
When you release the pushbutton, the JK inputs go
low. The flipflop will then be set or reset depending
upon where the flipflop was just prior to releasing the
switch. Because of the high-speed nature of the clock,
and the random depressing and releasing of the
pushbutton, the circuit accurately simulates the random flipping of a coin.
Reproduced from Hands-On Electronics by arrangement.
Gernsback Publications, USA .
it
©
SHORT QUIZ ON LESSON 4: UNDERSTANDING FLIPFLOPS
1 . When a flipflop is storing a binary 1 , it is said
to be:
b. set
a. reset
2. Another name for a latch is_ _ _ _ _ _ __
3. A common application of a latch is,_ _ _ __
4 . To clear a flipflop means to:
a. reset it to O
b. preset it to 1
5. Flipflops such as the D and JK types which
change state on the occurrence of a clock pulse
are said to be _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
9. A 6-bit register is made up of 0-type flipflops.
The flipflops are labelled A to F with A being the
LSB and F being the MSB. The flipflop outputs
are A =low , B = high, C = high, D = low, E =
high , F = high , where high = 1 and low = 0 .
The decimal equivalent of the binary number
stored in the register is_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
1 0 . A frequency divider made up of seven
cascaded JK flipflops generates an output
frequency of_ __ ,kHz from an input of 51 2kHz
ANSWERS TO QU IZ
6 . When the JK inputs are O and a clock pulse
occurs, the flipflop will:
a. set
b. reset
c. tog£)1e
d. not change state
7. When the JK inputs are 1 and the clock pulse
occurs, the flipflop will :
b . reset
a. set
d. remain in the same
c. complement
state
8. The clock input to a D flipflop is high . The D
input is low. The complement output will be_ __
(ZH)1J7 = LG + ZH)1"?, ~9) ZH)1J7 ·o ~
(v9 = o~~o~~ = 'v'B:Jm.::1l t9 ·5
·peJJeAUI eq
ll!M 1nd1no 1uewe1dwoo e41 ·1ndu1 a
e41 se ewes e41 eq IIIM 1nd1no 1ewJou
e41'46141ndu1 )100!0 941411M ·4614 ·g
e16601 JO 1uewe1dwoo ·p ·z
e1e1s e6ue40 1ou ·p ·g
SllOUOJ40UAS . 9
o 01 11 1eseJ ·e ·v
5upunoqep 1oe1uoo JO 4011Ms ·s
dOIJdllJ S8 ·c
ies ·q · ~
FEBR UARY1988
91
2 piece computer
service kit
If you are doing service work
there is nothing more frustrating
than making do without the correct
tools. This 12-piece toolkit from
Dick Smith Electronics goes a long
way towards solving that problem.
It has four screwdrivers, two with
Phillips head, two nutdrivers, a
reversible torque screwdriver and
a pair of needlenose pliers. Also included is an IC extractor and an IC
inserter (both with pin straighteners), a pair of tweezers and a
Arista stereo mixer
for disco or PA
3-claw part holder.
The whole kit is packed in a convenient zippered case measuring 23
x 15cm. The kits are on sale at all
Dick Smith Electronics stores.
Printer sharer
Most offices have more than one
computer but seldom need one
printer per computer. More often,
there are a couple of printers which
need to be shared around.
The best way of coping with
these situations is to have a printer
sharer, preferably with a large
memory buffer. The buffer allows
files to be dumped so that the computer concerned can go on with
other tasks.
Logo Computer Centre have produced three printer managers for
these applications. There is the
model BF64U universal model with
Centronics and serial interfaces,
the 64D which allows two printers
to work with one computer and the
BF64MD which comes in several
configurations which all include a
256K buffer.
For further information, contact
Logo Computer Centre on (02) 819
6811.
Many clubs and small organisations can use a small mixer for
discos, fetes and meetings. This
MM5 mixer can handle one
microphone input, two stereo
magnetic cartridge phono inputs
and two stereo line inputs (tuner,
tape etc). It has bass and treble controls, headphone monitoring and
provision for talk-over which allows
the microphone to over-ride the program signal.
For futher information, contact
your local Arista stockist or phone
Arista Electronics Pty Ltd on (02)
648 3488.
Thumbwheel
switches
from Geoff Wood
10 disc file for
safe data storage
Anyone who becomes seriously involved with computers
quickly finds that conveniently
storing the floppy discs becomes
a problem. Ideally they should be
stored upright and away from
dust, dirt and splashes from coffee or beer. This deluxe file holds
up to 100 5.25in floppies in safety. It is well made with a lockable
smoked plastic cover.
Ace Radio presently have
these 100 disc files and a similar
version for the smaller 3.5in flopoies at a special price (see their
advertisement on page 90).
92 .
SILICON CHIP
The 5.25in disc files would
also make a fancy storage case
for compact discs. They would
hold about 36 CDs. Contact Ace
Radio, 10B/3 Kenneth Road,
Manly Vale, NSW 2093. Phone
(02) 949 4871.
When it comes to mounting a lot
of rotary switches close together,
thumbwheel switches cannot be
beaten. They can be mounted very
close together, are easy to set and
the setting can be seen at a glance.
These C&K thumbwheel switches
come in decade and BCD types and
are available from GRoff Wood
Electronics.
Geoff's price is $6.85 for each
thumbwheel switch and $1.90 for a
pair of end plates. Phone (02) 427
1676.
New cases from
Geoff Wood
Problems?
As you will quickly find when you
start to look for instrument cases,
there is not a wide range available.
We need more, whether they are
wider, higher, smaller or better
looking. Now Geoff Wood Electronics have put a range of instrument cases from Spain into stock.
These are nicely finished and some
have sloping fronts. Our
photographs show two of the boxes
available, both of which are priced
at $41.95.
For further information, contact
Geoff Wood Electronics, 229 Burns
Bay Road, Lane Cove West, NSW
2066. Phone (02) 427 1676.
... and you
don't have our
112 page
catalogue ...
Evolution of Electric Railways: ctd from p.84
was let by Melbourne city's
Metropolitan Transport Authority
for the supply of 130 Articulated
Light Rail Vehicles for use on long
tram routes and later on two converted railway routes. These advanced vehicles consist of two cars
sharing three bogies. Propulsion by
two 600 volt DC 195kW AEG traction motors can speed the 32.5
tonne vehicle with its 182
passengers along at a brisk 72 km
per hour. The modern control
system uses AEG thyristor DC-to-DC
chopper circuits.
Melbourne showed the world
that the age of construction of 1500
volt DC city underground railways
was still alive and well by opening
their City Loop Line in 1981. Circling around the city from Spencer
Street Station via Flagstaff,
Museum and Parliament Stations to
Flinders Street or outer suburbs,
this new line takes suburban
passengers within walking distance
of their city workplace, easing
street traffic congestion.
Adelaide's longest surviving Electric Tramway, the famous fast
Glenelg Tram, has always been an
example to Australia of the
quickest way to move people.
The people of Brisbane were for
many years served well by an electric tramway installation which
reached the peak of its importance
about 1930. Sadly, Brisbane eventually followed the lead of many
other cities and scrapped all electric trams in favour of diesel buses.
Next month, we continue with a
description of the Newcastle and
Sydney tram systems.
~
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company which
manufactures and sells every PCB & front panel
published in SILICON CHIP, ET! and EA.
you've got
real
problems!
ARISTA ... your one-stop
problem solver. Audio leads
... Batteries ... Chargers ...
Battery holders ... Cables
.. . Car accessories ...
CD accessories ... Converters
... "Cutec" ... Earphones ...
Fuses ... Headphones ...
Intercoms ... Knobs ...
Microphones and accessories
.. . Mixers ... Multimeters ...
Plugs/Sockets, etc .. . Plug
adaptors ... Power packs and
leads ... PA .. . Disc and Tape
care ... Security equipment ...
Signal modifiers ... Solderless
terminals ... Storage boxes .. .
Switches ... Telephone and
TV accessories ... Tools and
Technical aids ...
Video accessories ... Wiring
accessories ... You name it
and we're bound to have it
... Try us ... NOW!
Get your catalogue ... it'II solve a
whole lot of your problems!
Just send $2 + 50c p&h and
your return address to:
651 Forest Road, Bexley, NSW 2207
Phone (02) 587 3491 for instant prices
ARISTI\.
4-HOUR TURNAROUND SERVICE
PO BOX 191, LIDCOMBE, NSW 2141
ELECTRONICS PTY LTD
FEBRUARY1988
93
ASK SIUCON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can't understand a piece of jargon or some electronic principle? Drop us a line
and we'll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Infrared
security beam
I am desperate for a circuit
which gives me an infrared security
beam with a logic circuit that will
only allow a buzzer to operate when
people pass in one direction. I live
on acreage and currently use an
Arlec security beam at the gate to
let me know when people come in
the gate but it doesn't discriminate
between in/out or ants!
Also, I'd like a circuit to turn on
the lights when I walk in the room
and which will count the number of
people coming and going and switches off when the last one leaves. It
must, of course, only operate at
night. (L.W., Caboolture, Qld).
• Both circuit concepts you propose seem quite feasible although
the second one could involve quite a
lot of circuitry. To produce a circuit
which detects people moving in only
one direction, you need two infrared beams, each with their own
transmitter and receiver circuitry.
The beams would be arranged so
that the person breaks one beam
before moving through the other.
Then you would need logic built
into the circuit so that if the second
beam was broken before the first,
caused by a person going out the
gate, nothing would be registered
by the circuit. While the idea
sounds fairly complicated, it could
probably be achieved quite easily
with one or two flipflops and some
gating.
But would such a scheme be good
enough? Could you rely on people
walking through the gate in single
file so as to make it easy for the circuit to count them? And would the
circuit cope with vehicles and people at the same time, as would happen with the gate being opened and
shut to allow a vehicle to pass
through? You would have to think
fairly carefully about these problems before a suitable circuit
could be designed.
As far as the circuit to turn on
the lights in a room is concerned, it
would also need two infrared
beams or equivalent sensors to
count people. The counting could be
performed by an up/down counter
such as the CMOS 4029.
Having rabbited on about the
concept, we'll see what we can produce and perhaps publish the
results in the Circuit Notebook
pages of a future issue.
Higher power car
stereo conversion
I purchased a kit for converting a
car stereo to a mantel radio [page
54, November 1987). The kit was
simple enough to put together but
when I turn the volume up to
anywhere around half way, or if the
bass is turned up, as the bass beats
come through [either from the radio
or cassette) the LEDs on the unit
fade slightly and the sound distorts.
The radio-cassette player in
question is a Sansui RX-7101 and it
is rated at 15 watts per channel
with a peak of 20. The fuse in the
power lead is rated at 4 amps. If
you could possibly shed some light
on this problem I would be grateful.
(H.P., Beverley Park, NSW).
• Your car stereo requires more
current than the modest power supply we have designed can supply.
You need a bigger transformer to
supply more current. We suggest
that you substitute one sold by
Jaycar, Cat. MM-2005. This modestly priced multitap transformer can
supply 15 volts AC at 4 amps which
94
SILICON CHIP
+ MEMORY
4700
25VW
+
_
4700
25VW
+
-
13.4V
Fig. 1: the output of the car radio supply can be boosted by adding a
PNP power transistor. Mount the transistor on a heatsinlc.
is just what you want. The same
tranny is available from Altronics,
Cat. M-2165.
You also need a higher current
3-terminal regulator. You can buy
12V 3-amp regulators in a TO-3
metal package but these can be
hard to get and are a lot more expensive than the 7812 TO-220 style
regulators we specified originally.
You could also use the LM350 adjustable 3-amp regulator.
We suggest you boost the output
of the existing regulator with the
circuit shown in Fig.1. It uses the
7812 to control an MJ2955 power
transistor. It works as follows . If
the 7812 is called upon to deliver
one amp, 2.2 volts will be dropped
across the associated 2.20 resistor.
By emitter follower action, the
MJ2955 will then develop 2.2 volts
across its associated 10 resistor
and therefore the transistor will
deliver 2.2 amps from its collector.
Hence the whole circuit will
deliver about three times the maximum current capability of the 7812
regulator. The power transistor
should be mounted on a heatsink.
+15
>'-+-----OUTPUT TO
MODULE 1
0.1
Bridging 100W
amplifier modules
I am interested in the 100W
amplifier module described in the
second issue of SILICON CHIP. Over
the next six months I propose to
build at least six of these modules,
incorporated into three stereo slave
amplifiers, for public address
applications.
There are a couple of issues I
would like to raise. Assuming PA
applications, is it possible to easily
switch such a stereo amplifier into
a bridged mono mode?
Second, is it proposed to develop
a project along similar lines to this
100W project but with an output of
the order of 300 to 500 watts into
40, so that it too can be incorporated into a stereo slave
amplifier, with a bridging operation
as well?
Lastly, how about a versatile,
high quality 8 - (or 12-) 4-2-1 mixer
and a simpler 6-2 mixer, to complement the power amplifiers described above? (R.W., Scoresby, Vic).
• Yes, it is quite easy to use the
100W power modules in bridge
mode but there are a number of
points to consider before you rush
off to buy the parts. First, if you
wish to use the 100W modules in
bridge mode, you will only be able
to do so if you use the bridged
amplifier to drive an 80 load. You
could not use it with a 40 load.
The reason is that each amplifier
in a bridge configuration "sees"
half the real load impedance.
Therefore, if you were to use a 40
load, each amplifier module would
"see" a 20 load and would be
overloaded. If you were using the
PTC thermistors we specified for
protection, they would operate
prematurely and the effective
power output would be low. Bridged power output into an 80 load
would be close to 200 watts, depending on the regulation of the power
supply.
This general rule about bridging
applies to all amplifiers, by the
way, so there is no way around it. If
INPUT
C>-:-11--e--""
220k
10k
1'/o
-15V
10k
1%
...
> - - - - OUTPUT TO
MODULE 2
Fig. 2: this simple circuit allows two power amplifier modules to be
driven in bridge mode. Be sure to use 8-ohm loads.
we had been designing the amp
modules to drive 40 loads in bridge
mode we would have had to make
sure that each module could safely
handle a 20 load. That would have
made them much more expensive.
If you want more power, and you
want to drive a 40 load, you would
be better off considering the Studio
200 stereo power amplifier
presented in this issue. It is essentially the same design but upgraded
with a bigger power supply and
higher-rated output transistors. By
using one of these upgraded
modules you get a lot more bang for
your buck. With one module driving
40 you could get close to 200 watts,
if you had a very well regulated
power supply. That would mean using a transformer rated at around
400V A or more.
Again, you could use the upgraded modules in bridge mode and probably get somewhere around 350
watts into an 80 load, depending on
how big and how well regulated
your power supply was. Again, you
would need a big transformer,
rated at 600VA or more.
A suitable circuit to enable the
modules to be driven in bridge mode
is shown in Fig.2. This uses a dual
op amp, type TL072.
There is one more point to consider. You mention using the
amplifiers for public address applications but you have not
specified if you will be using them
to drive line output transformers. If
that is what you intend, you are
suggesting a whole new ball game
and one for which these modules
were not designed.
We'd be wary about using them
for driving line transformers
without at least incorporating
flyback diodes across each of the
paralleled output transistors and
without a means of adjusting the DC
output offset voltage close to zero.
The offset voltage needs to be very
low othenvise substantial DC will
flow in the transformer. This would
cause problems in the transformer
and could cause excessive dissipation in one half of the power
amplifier.
We have not done any work along
these lines and so we hesitate to
recommend them in this more stringent application - they may
work OK but we couldn't guarantee
it.
We'll have a look at your suggestion for a mixer project but it is likely to take some time to develop. In
the meantime, have a look at the
Jaycar 8002 8-channel mixer. It
would take a lot of careful design to
better its excellent performance. ~
Stereo Amplifier
continued from page 44
Now switch your multimeter
back to the 200V DC range and connect it across one of the 5600
resistors. Adjust VRl for a reading
of 28 volts. This gives a total quiescent current of 50 milliamps.
After five minutes or so, check
the quiescent current and readjust
VR 1 if necessary to get the correct
voltage across the 5600 resistor.
Now switch off, remove the two
5600 resistors and insert the fuses.
If all is well, you can now assemble the second module and go
through the same procedure.
ic
FEBRUARY1988
95
CEN'I'
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
We now offer a short form kit for the
alkaline (lighter) battery, and the
"Satellite Siren". What's in this kit? - 1 ,
complete receiver PCB kit for only
x PCB and components kit, 1 x bat$39.95 including pack and post. Yes,
NEARLY 1500 printer buffer kits now
that's everything you need and yes, . tery holder, 1 x barrel keyswitch with
sold . Prices start at $39 for a 256K
two keys, a suitable plastic box. All
it's dirt cheap!
short form kit. All items advertised are in
this for only $29.00 including pack
Stereo VU Meter (June 87 EA). Comstock. Dealer enquiries welcome. Bulk
and post. So what else will you need
plete kit featuring a dual mechanical VU
discounts. Schools, Govt. Depts.
later to complete the unit? - 4 x AA
meter. Easy to assemble; even the
orders accepted. Oh yes!!, IBM comnicad batteries at $3.00 each and 1 x
meter is soldered directly to the printed
patible. Australian designed and
12V piezo siren at $16 each. Yes, all
circuit board. Any audio signal can drive
manufactured. Ideal project for user
these prices are unbeatable!
it since its sensitivity is adjustable from
groups or students. For a free catalog
Passive lnfrared Movement Detector
volts right down to 3mV! Can double up
send a 37c stamp to: Don McKenzie,
(PIR) (Dec.87 SILICON CHIP). A PIR
as a microphone preamplifier. Features
29 Ellesmere Cres., Tullamarine 3043.
detects body heat and is the most
optional backlighting; incandescent
reliable type of detector currently
lamps provided in kit. This unit is inexOATLEY ELECTRONICS - for exavailable. This unit employs a dual elepensive at its normal price of $1 7. 90,
clusive and selected kits. Take note of
ment pyroelectric detector and its perhowever during February you can buy it
our low prices and some February
formance is equalled only by the more
for only $9.95 (p&p included). Yes it is
specials:
expensive commercial units. With the
a bargain; at this price you can afford
UHF Remote Controlled Key (Jan. 86
wide angle lens fitted, it has a viewing
to build one into every piece of audio
EA). A proven and reliable wireless
angle of 90 ° and a useful range of
equipment you own!
remote switch; 1000s sold! Has more
more than 25 metres!
Satellite Siren (Sept. 87 EA). Add the
than 13,000 possible code combinaprotection of this complete second
This unit can easily double up as a selftions. Multiple outputs and an on-board
alarm system into your existing alarm
contained alarm since provision is made
off-on indicator enable this unit to
system . Automatically gain the benefit
to extend its 'on" time. This facility also
remotely switch car burglar alarms, car
makes it useful for activating outside
of back-up battery operation and a comcentral locking systems, home burglar
plete and remotely placed second
lights when people enter your
alarms, etc. The small transmitter also
alarm system! This unit is simple to inpremises; just add an external relay.
has provision for a key ring . Our
stall; it requires only two connections to
During February, we will provide a
special February package includes 1
your existing alarm system. Comes into
complete kit for the PIR, including
x transmitter PCB kit, 1 x transmitter · action when the main alarm is vandalisboth the narrow and wide angle
plastic case with battery clips and
ed, the main alarm power is interrupted,
lenses for only $59.95, p&p included.
pushbutton switch, 1 x miniature 12V
or the vehicle battery is disconnected.
Mail address: Oatley Electronics, PO
Box 89, Oatley, NSW 2223.
Shop address: 5 Lansdowne Pde,
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads - $7.00 for up to 15 words plus 40 cents
Oatley West, Sydney, NSW 2223.
for each additional word; Display ads (casual rate) - $20 per column centimetre (max.
Phone (02) 579 4985.
10cm)
Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale. If you use a PO Box number, you must
You can ask us to include our stock list
include your permanent address and phone number for our files. We cannot accept ads
with your next purchase or, for more insubmitted without this information.
formation only, send us a selfTo run your own classified ad, put one word on each of the lines below and send this form
addressed envelope (21 x 8cm).
with your payment to: Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
FOR SALE
PLEASE PRINT EACH WORD SEPARATELY, IN BLOCK LETTERS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 ($7.00)
16($7.40)
17 ($7.80)
19 ($8.60)
20 ($9.00)
Name ..
18 ($8.20)
....... .. .. ...
··· ················
Address
Suburb/Town
Enclosed is my cheque or money order for $ ....... ....... .
Bankcard □
Visa □
Card No
Signature .............. .. .... . .
96
SILICON CHIP
Postcode
. .............. or please debit my
Advertisers Index
Our advertisers are vital to the
success of SILICON CHIP . Please
give them your support.
Ace Radio ............ .. ... .......... 90
Altronics ... ........ .... .... ..... 66-69
Arista Electronics .... .. ........... 93
Dick Smith Electronics .... 1 2, 1 3,
49,79
Elmeasco ..... .. ...... ............. IFC
Geoff Wood Electronics ........ 45
Jaycar Electronics .......... 26-29
Oatley Electronics ..... .... ...... 96
RCS Radio ............. ... .......... 93
Scan Audio .. .. ......... ...... .... . IBC
VSI Electronics ................. OBC
Fluke. First Family of DMMs.
When accuracy, performance and value
are important, professionals the world over
look to Fluke - the first family of DMMs.
Reliable Fluke-quality 3½- or 4½-digit
DMMs fit every need - from design engineering to industrial troubleshooting.
There's the low-cost 70 Series - the
most DMM you can get for the money. The
tough 20 Series - totally sealed and built
to survive the dirtiest, grimiest, roughest
jobs. The reliable 8020B Series - made
to withstand the rigors of the field service
environment. The precise 8060A Series the most powerful and complete test and
measurement system available in Phandheld package. And, of course, the versatile
Bench/Portables that carry on the Fluke
tradition for precision and durability in
lab-quality bench instruments.
Fluke comes in first again with the
world's largest selection of quality accessories to help extend the capabilities of
your DMM even further.
There's no need to look anywhere else.
Uncompromising Fluke design and leading edge technology are the reasons why
attempts at imitation will never fool the
millions of professionals that accept nothing less than a Fluke.
FROM THE WORLD LEADER
IN DIGITAL MULTIMETERS.
IFLUKEI
®
ELMEASCO
ln11trument11 Pt11. Ltd.
Dealer enquiries welcome
raik to your local Elmeasco distributor about Fluke
• A.k..L._ John Pope Electrical (062) 80 6576 • J Blackwood & Sons (062) 80 5235 • George Brown (062) 80 4355
• ~ Ames Agency 699 4524 • J Blackwood & Sons • George Brown 519 5855 Newcastle 69 6399 • Auto-Catt Industries 526 2222
• D.G.E. Systems (049) 69 1625 • W.F.Dixon (049) 69 5177 • Ebsen 707 2111 • Macelec (042) 29 1455
• Novacastrian Electronic Supply (049) 62 1358 • Obiat Ply Ltd 698 4776 • Petro✓ect 569 9655 • David Reid 267 1385 • Selectroparts 708 3244
• Geoff Wood 427 1676
• N.TERRITORY J Blackwood & Son (089) 84 4255, 52 1788 • Thew & McCann (089) 84 4999
• OJfEN~N£ Auslec (07) 8541661 • G.Brown Group (07) 252 3876 • Petro-Ject (075) 91 4199 • St Lucia Electronics 52 7466 • Cliff
Ele rorncs 1
55
• Nortek (Townsville) (077)79 8600 • L.E.Boughen 369 1277 • Fred Hoe & Sons 277 4311 • The Electronics Shop (075) 32 3632
• Thompson IQstruments (Cairns) (070)51 2404
• SAUSTRALIA Protronics 212 3111 • Trio Electrix 212 6235 • Industrial Pyrometers 352 3688 • J Blackwood & Sons 46 0391
• Petro -Ject 363 1353
• TASMAWA George Harvey (003) 31 6533 (002) 34 2233
• VICTORIA Radio Parts 329 7888 • George Brown Electronics Group 878 8111 • G.B. Telespares 328 4301 • A.W.M. Electrical Wholesalers
• Petro-Ject 419 9377 • J Blackwood & Sons 542 4321 • Factory Controls (052) 78 8222 • Mektronics Co 690 4593
• Truscott Electronics 723 3094
• W AUSTRALIA Atkins Carlyle 481 1233 • Debbie Instruments 276 8888 • Protronics 362 1044
|